hit counter script
Download
Share
Print this page
Toshiba e-STUDIO 2555C Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Toshiba Manuals
  4. All in One Printer
  5. e-studio 2555c
  6. Service manual

Toshiba e-STUDIO 2555C Service Manual

Multifunctional digital color systems
Hide thumbs Also See for e-STUDIO 2555C:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Table Of Contents
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990

Advertisement

Quick Links

See also: Troubleshooting Manual

SERVICE MANUAL

MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS
e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/
4555C/5055C
e-STUDIO2555CSE/3055CSE/
3555CSE/4555CSE/5055CSE
Model: FC-2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C
Publish Date: December 2012
File No. SME120065B0
R121021M7102-TTEC
Ver02 F_2013-08

Advertisement

loading

Related Manuals for Toshiba e-STUDIO 2555C

Summary of Contents for Toshiba e-STUDIO 2555C

  • Page 1: Service Manual

    SERVICE MANUAL MULTIFUNCTIONAL DIGITAL COLOR SYSTEMS e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/ 4555C/5055C e-STUDIO2555CSE/3055CSE/ 3555CSE/4555CSE/5055CSE Model: FC-2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C Publish Date: December 2012 File No. SME120065B0 R121021M7102-TTEC Ver02 F_2013-08...
  • Page 2 • Kapton is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company. • TopAccess is a trademark of Toshiba Tec Corporation. • Other company names and product names in this manual are the trademarks of their respective companies.
  • Page 3 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS REGARDING THE SERVICE FOR THIS EQUIPMENT The installation and service shall be done by a qualified service technician. 1. Transportation/Installation When transporting/installing the equipment, employ two or more persons and be sure to hold the positions as shown in the figure. The equipment is quite heavy and weighs approximately 75.5 kg (166.4 lb.), therefore pay full attention when handling it.
  • Page 4 Be sure to handle/install them properly. If these parts are short-circuited and their functions become ineffective, they may result in fatal accidents such as a burnout. Avoid short-circuiting and do not use parts not recommended by Toshiba TEC Corporation.
  • Page 5 5. Cautionary Labels During servicing, be sure to check the rating plate and cautionary labels to see if there is any dirt on their surface and if they are properly stuck to the equipment. [1] Identification label [2] Warning for high temperature area (fuser unit) [3] Warning for high temperature area [4] Machine serial number label [5] Warning for high temperature area...
  • Page 7 ALLEGEMEINE SICHERHEITSMASSNAHMEN IN BEZUG AUF DIE WARTUNG Die Installation und die Wartung sind von einem qualifizierten Service- Techniker durchzuführen. 1. Transport/Installation Zum Transportieren/Installieren des Gerätes werden 2 Personen benötigt. Nur an den in der Abbildung gezeigten Stellen tragen. Das Gerät ist sehr schwer und wiegt etwa 75.5 kg; deshalb muss bei der Handhabung des Geräts besonders aufgepasst werden.
  • Page 8 Sie müssen unbedingt korrekt gehandhabt und installiert werden. Wenn diese Teile kurzgeschlossen und funktionsunfähig werden, kann dies zu schwerwiegenden Schäden, wie einem Abbrand, führen. Kurzschlüsse sind zu vermeiden, und es sind ausschließlich Teile zu verwenden, die von der Toshiba TEC Corporation empfohlen sind.
  • Page 9 5. Warnetiketten Im Rahmen der Wartung unbedingt das Leistungsschild und die Etiketten mit Warnhinweisen überprüfen [z. B. „Unplug the power cable during service“ („Netzkabel vor Beginn der Wartungsarbeiten abziehen“), „CAUTION. HOT“ („VORSICHT, HEISS“), „CAUTION. HIGH VOLTAGE“ („VORSICHT, HOCHSPANNUNG“), „CAUTION. LASER BEAM“ („VORSICHT, LASER“) usw.], um sicherzustellen, dass sie nicht verschmutzt sind und korrekt am Gerät angebracht sind.

  • Page 11: Table Of Contents

    Drum TBU drive unit ..................3-52 3.10.2 Development drive unit/Paper feeding drive unit ..........3-53 3.10.3 Monochrome/color switching mechanism ............3-54 3.11 Paper Feeding System....................3-55 3.11.1 General Descriptions ..................3-55 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C CONTENTS...

  • Page 12: Table Of Contents

    4.1.14 Top rear cover ....................4-5 4.1.15 Rear cover ......................4-6 4.1.16 Front cover switch (SW1) .................. 4-6 4.1.17 Front cover interlock switch (SW2) ..............4-7 Control Panel ........................4-8 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 13: Table Of Contents

    1st drawer feed clutch (CLT1) ................. 4-66 4.5.31 2nd drawer feed clutch (CLT4) ................ 4-68 4.5.32 Transport clutch (H) (CLT5) ................4-69 4.5.33 Transport clutch (L) (CLT6) ................4-70 4.5.34 Registration motor (M14) ................. 4-70 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C CONTENTS...

  • Page 14: Table Of Contents

    1st transfer roller.................... 4-135 4.7.8 2nd transfer roller................... 4-136 4.7.9 2nd transfer roller unit (TRU) ................. 4-137 4.7.10 Paper clinging detection sensor (S18)............4-138 4.7.11 1st transfer contact/release clutch (CLT2) ............. 4-138 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 15: Table Of Contents

    4.12 Removal and Installation of Options ................4-206 4.12.1 MR-3025 (Reversing Automatic Document Feeder)........4-206 4.12.2 KD-1032 (Paper Feed Pedestal) ..............4-208 4.12.3 KD-1031 (Large Capacity Feeder)..............4-212 4.12.4 KN-2550 (Bridge Kit)..................4-217 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C CONTENTS...

  • Page 16: Table Of Contents

    Density adjustment ..................6-29 6.2.3 Color balance adjustment ................6-30 6.2.4 Gamma balance adjustment................6-33 6.2.5 Background adjustment ................... 6-34 6.2.6 Judgment threshold for ACS (common for copy and scan) ......6-34 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 17: Table Of Contents

    Color conversion table selection..............6-75 Image Quality Adjustment (FAX Function)..............6-77 6.5.1 Density adjustment ..................6-77 6.5.2 LED emission level adjustment................ 6-78 6.5.3 Background offsetting adjustment for RADF (common for copy, scan and fax)6-78 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C CONTENTS...

  • Page 18: Table Of Contents

    8. ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING ..............8-1 General Descriptions......................8-1 8.1.1 If a problem continues even after performing all troubleshooting...... 8-1 8.1.2 Collection of debug logs with a USB device ............8-2 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 19: Table Of Contents

    8.5.4 Background fogging 1..................8-283 8.5.5 Background fogging 2 (1200 dpi printing) ............8-285 8.5.6 Moire /lack of sharpness ................8-286 8.5.7 Toner offset....................8-288 8.5.8 Blurred image ....................8-290 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C CONTENTS...

  • Page 20: Table Of Contents

    Firmware confirmation after the PC board/HDD replacement ......9-39 9.2.9 License re-registration using the one-time dongle ........... 9-40 Precautions for Installation of GP-1070 and Disposal of HDD/Board ......9-42 9.3.1 Precautions for Installation of GP-1070 ............9-42 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 21: Table Of Contents

    13.3.1 Setting code..................... 13-5 13.3.2 Setting value change and restrictions when using the Card Controller ... 13-5 13.3.3 Setting value change and restrictions when using the coin controller ..... 13-5 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C CONTENTS...
  • Page 22 Test mode (03)/Test print mode (04) ..................1049 Adjustment Mode (05) Codes ....................1060 Setting Mode (08) Codes......................1238 APPENDIX........................1 5 3 2 Preventive Maintenance Checklist..................... 1532 Maintenance check list ......................1550 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved CONTENTS...

  • Page 23: Feature

    It does not require rotating parts such as motors while the existing lasers do, realizing reduction in size and weight, and also vibration. • An IC chip is mounted to the toner cartridge © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FEATURE 1 - 1...
  • Page 24 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FEATURE 1 - 2...

  • Page 25: Specifications/Accessories/Options/Supplies

    A3, A4, A4-R, A5-R, B4, B5, B5-R, FOLIO, 8K, 16K, 16K-R, A3 (optional) Wide (305 x 457 mm), SRA3 (320 x 450 mm), 320 x 460 mm, LD, LG, LT, LT-R, ST-R, COMPUTER, 13"LG, 8.5" x 8.5", © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 1...
  • Page 26 Start-up with hibernation: Approx. 27 sec. (100 V/200 V series) <Stand-alone, temperature: 20 C> *Varies depending on the settings, use conditions, and quality maintenance behavior such as toner refill. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 2...
  • Page 27 Approx. 75.5 kg (166.4 lb.) Dimensions of the equipment W 585 x D 644 x H 787 (mm) * When the tilt angle of the control panel is 90 degrees. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 3...

  • Page 28: Copy

    * The values in ( ) can be realized in the color mode. * "Wait" may be displayed or the print speed may decrease depending on the usage environment or print settings. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 4...
  • Page 29 30 (30) 22 (22) A4-R, B5-R, LT-R 32 (32) 32 (32) 22 (22) 32 (32) B4, LG, FOLIO, 26 (26) 26 (26) 22 (22) 26 (26) COMPUTER, 13"LG © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 5...
  • Page 30 Size specified specified A3, LD 22 (22) 22 (22) 22 (22) 22 (22) 22 (22) * 22 (22) 22 (22) 22 (22) A3Wide, SRA3 * 2nd drawer only. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 6...
  • Page 31 A3, LD 8.5 (8.5) 8 (8) A3Wide, SRA3 8 (8) 8 (8) * “-” means “Not acceptable”. * When originals are manually placed for single-sided, continuous copying. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 7...
  • Page 32 * Setting: when in the Text/Photo mode with Automatic density and APS/AMS set to OFF, or when in the sort mode with paper fed from the 1st drawer. * The finisher, saddle stitch finisher, and hole punch unit not installed. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 8...

  • Page 33: Print

    Black, Gray scale, Color and ACS (Auto color Selection) File formats JPEG, Multi/Single page TIFF, Multi/Single page PDF, Slim PDF, Multi/Single page XPS * When scanning single-sided A4/LT landscape originals using RADF © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 9...

  • Page 34: Internet Fax

    Message size Max. 100MB limitation Message Page by page division [ 2 ] Internet FAX receiving Format of receive attachment TIFF-FX (Profile S, F, J) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 10...

  • Page 35: Hdd Memory Map

    Pages per job Storage full Number of 1000 maximum jobs Job area 80 (Shared with e-filing/ Strage file) Pages per job Storage full Number of 1000 maximum jobs © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 11...

  • Page 36: Network Fax (Option)

    Send to FTP Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF Send to E- Single TIFF, Multi-TIFF, Single PDF, Multi PDF mail Send to I-Fax TIFF-S Send to PSTN-FAX e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 12...

  • Page 37: Accessories

    Saudi Arabia ASU: Saudi Arabia, Asia CND: China KRD: Korea ARD: Argentina JPD: Japan Notes: Check that the above accessories are correctly co-packed at the time of unpacking. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 13...

  • Page 38: System List

    System List Fig. 2-1 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 14...
  • Page 39 The finisher (MJ-1107/C or MJ-1108/C) is necessary for installation of the hole punch unit (MJ-6104N/E/F/S/E-C). • The antenna (GN-3010) is necessary to enable the wireless LAN module (GN-1060/C). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 15...

  • Page 40: Supplies

    PS-ZTFC50CC/CCS (for China) PS-ZTFC50AC (for Argentina) PS-ZTFC50PC/PCS (for Asia) PS-ZTFC50TC (for Taiwan) Waste toner box PS-TBFC50 (expect for Europe and China) PS-TBFC50E (for Europe) PS-TBFC50C (for China) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SPECIFICATIONS/ACCESSORIES/OPTIONS/SUPPLIES 2 - 16...

  • Page 41: Outline Of The Machine

    Sectional View 3.1.1 Front side [21] [26] [24] [25] [23] [20] [22] [19] [18] [17] [16] [10] [11] [13] [12] [15] [14] Fig. 3-1 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 1...
  • Page 42 Drum (K) Fuser unit Developer unit (Y) Toner (Y) Developer unit (M) Toner (M) Developer unit (C) Toner (C) Developer unit (K) Toner (K) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 2...

  • Page 43: Rear Side

    3.1.2 Rear side CLT2 CLT3 CLT1 CLT5 CLT6 CLT4 Fig. 3-2 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 3...
  • Page 44 System control PC board (SYS board) Registration motor Logic PC board (LGC board) Tray-up motor High-voltage transformer CLT1 1st drawer feed clutch Switching regulator e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 4...

  • Page 45: Electric Parts Layout

    Electric Parts Layout [A] Scanner unit, control panel Fig. 3-3 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 5...
  • Page 46 [B] Toner cartridge, waste toner box CTRG CTIF CTRG CTRG CTRG Fig. 3-4 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 6...
  • Page 47 [C] Developer unit CLT2 SW12 SW16 SW15 SW11 SW14 SW10 THM3 SW13 THM4 Fig. 3-5 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 7...
  • Page 48 [D] Data writing LED4 LED3 LED2 LED1 ERS-K ERS-C ERS-M ERS-Y Fig. 3-6 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 8...
  • Page 49 [E] Fuser unit IH-COIL THM1 THMO1 THM5 THM2 Fig. 3-7 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 9...
  • Page 50 [F] Image quality control SOL1 Fig. 3-8 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 10...
  • Page 51 [G] Paper feeding unit CLT1 CLT6 CLT4 SW19 SW18 SW17 Fig. 3-9 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 11...
  • Page 52 [H] Automatic duplexing unit, bypass feed unit, paper exit/reverse unit SOL2 CLT3 Fig. 3-10 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 12...
  • Page 53 PC board, power supply, fan EEPROM SRAM Main memory Fig. 3-11 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 13...
  • Page 54 Cover switch, Damp heater SW20 THMO3 THMO2 Fig. 3-12 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 14...

  • Page 55: Symbols And Functions Of Various Components

    SCT-FAN Suctioning external air Fig. 3-11 7-31 Suctioning fan FUS-FAN1 Cooling down the fuser unit Fig. 3-11 42-25 Fuser section cooling fan 1 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 15...

  • Page 56: Sensors And Switches

    Detecting paper exit Fig. 3-7 39-12 Exit sensor ADU-U-SNR Detecting transported paper at the Fig. 3-10 41-19 ADU entrance sensor automatic duplexing unit entrance section e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 16...
  • Page 57 2nd drawer empty sensor the 2nd drawer CST2-TRY-SNR Detecting the lifting status of the Fig. 3-9 6-40 2nd drawer tray-up sensor tray in the 2nd drawer © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 17...
  • Page 58 SW16 K-DEV-SW Detecting whether the K developer Fig. 3-5 31-2 K developer unit old/new detection unit is the old or the new one switch e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 18...

  • Page 59: Electromagnetic Spring Clutches

    Controlling the whole control panel Fig. 3-3 3-21 Display PC board (DSP board) PWA-F-KEY Controlling the key switches and Fig. 3-3 3-22 Key PC board (KEY board) LEDs © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 19...

  • Page 60: Lamps, Leds, Heaters, And Coil

    Preventing condensation of the Fig. 3-12 10-17 Scanner damp heater mirrors of the scanner DRM-DH-L Preventing condensation of the Fig. 3-12 4-15 Drum damp heater (Left) drum e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 20...

  • Page 61: Thermistors, Thermostats

    8-17 High-voltage transformer supplying it to the following sections • Main charger needle electrode • Main charger grid • Developer bias • Transfer bias © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 21...

  • Page 62: Copy Process

    (10) (–) Discharging: Eliminates the residual (–) made to adhere to the photoconductive charge from the surface of the drum, producing a visible image. photoconductive drum. ↓ e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 22...

  • Page 63: Comparison With E-Studio2050C/2051C/2550C/2551C

    ← 7. Separation Self-separation by transfer belt and 2nd transfer roller ← Method Blade cleaning Photoconducti ← Recovered Non-reusable ve drum toner cleaning © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 23...
  • Page 64 (Surface-PFA tube)(ø30) (Surface-PFA tube)(ø30) (Heater lamp: -) ← Cleaning None ← Heater ON/OFF control and power temperature control by thermistor Heater Heater lamp IH coil e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 24...

  • Page 65: General Operation

    Operation of equipment Operation during initializing, pre-running and ready Drawer feed copying by the [ START ] button Copying operation Bypass feed copying Interrupt copying © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 25...

  • Page 66: Description Of Operation

    → When no button is pressed for a certain period of time, - Set number “1” and reproduction ratio “100%” are displayed. Equipment returns to the normal ready state. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 26...
  • Page 67 → 1st transfer bias (K) turned ON - 1st transfer of black image (Black image is transferred to the transfer belt) → 1st transfer bias (K) turned OFF © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 68 → Drum, fuser unit and developer unit are stopped - Fans return to rotate at the normal rotation speed → “READY” is displayed and the equipment enters into ready mode e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 28...
  • Page 69 → “Ready to resume job 1” is displayed. 4. Press the [START] button The copying operation before the interruption is resumed. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 29...

  • Page 70: Detection Of Abnormality

    (E) Developer unit not installed properly (F) Waste toner box replacement 3. Abnormality not cleared without turning OFF the main power switch (G) Call for service e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 30...
  • Page 71 When the tray-up sensor is not turned ON in a fixed period of time it means that the tray is in abnormal condition “Add paper” is displayed regardless of presence/absence of paper. → Cleared by turning the power ON/OFF © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 31...
  • Page 72 Bypass feed clutch (CLT3) is turned ON  Registration sensor (S19) is turned ON * Registration sensor (S19) is not turned ON in a fixed period of time (E120)  e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 32...
  • Page 73 Bypass misfeed symbol is displayed  The copying operation is disabled.  Solution: The bypass sensor (S16) is turned OFF by removing the paper from the bypass tray. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 33...
  • Page 74 Any of all sensors on paper transport path detects paper (ON)  Paper jam (E030) • Front cover is opened during copying  Paper jam (E410) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 34...
  • Page 75 [D] No toner in the cartridge Toner density becomes low  Auto-toner sensor (S1/S2/S3/S4) detects the absence of the toner  © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 35...
  • Page 76 Disconnection of the connectors of the developer unit  "Latch the developer unit" is displayed. Solution: Install the developer unit and close the front cover. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 36...
  • Page 77 Check the error code displayed on the control panel when “Call for service” appears, and handle the abnormality in reference to the error code table.  P. 8-4 "8.2 Error Code List" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 78: Hibernation Function

    ON/OFF lamp (green) has stopped blinking and the touch panel screen and the lamp (green) have gone off. Then turn the power OFF with the main power switch. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 38...

  • Page 79: Control Panel

    [0] and [5] buttons simultaneously to activate the Adjustment Mode (05). However, if the equipment is in the super sleep mode, use the main power switch. Fig. 3-16 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 80 3.7.2 Description of Operation [ 1 ] Dot matrix LCD circuit [ 1-1 ] Structure 800 x R,G,B x 480 dots Fig. 3-17 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 40...

  • Page 81: Scanner

    [6] Original glass [7] Drive pulley [8] CCD board [9] Lens [10] Automatic original detection sensor [11] Carriage home position sensor [12] Platen sensor © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 41...

  • Page 82: Construction

    Scan motor (M1) • 2-phase stepping motor • Driving the carriage-1 and carriage- Other Carriage home position sensor (S23) Platen sensor-1 (S21) Platen sensor-2 (S22) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 42...

  • Page 83: Functions

    This is a plate to efficiently direct the light from the exposure lamp (EXP) to the surface of the original on the glass. Mirror-1 This mirror directs the light reflected from the original to the mirror-2 described later. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 43...
  • Page 84 The size of an original placed on the glass is instantly detected using the automatic original detection sensors (S24, S25) fixed on the base frame without moving the carriage-1. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 44...
  • Page 85 Carriage speed The Carriage speed of the original placed on the original glass in the color mode is the same as that in the black mode. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 45...

  • Page 86: Process Of Detection Of Original Size

    As for the LT series, two automatic original detection sensors detect a size in the secondary scanning direction due to their original size. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 46...
  • Page 87 A4-R Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Fig. 3-24 Sensor detection points [LT Series] Size 1 ST-R Size 2 LT-R Size 3 Fig. 3-25 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 47...

  • Page 88: Writing Section

    [7] LED print head contact/release lever (C) [8] LED print head contact/release lever (K) [9] Y drum [10] M drum [11] C drum [12] K drum e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 48...

  • Page 89: General Description Of Led Print Head

    5V Power LED print head-M Contorol signal LGC Board 5V Power LED print head-C Contorol signal 5V Power LED print head-K Contorol signal Fig. 3-28 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 49...

  • Page 90: Led Print Head Lifting Mechanism

    LED gap spacer. Fig. 3-29 [1] Drum [2] LED print head [3] Link arm [4] LED print head contact/release lever [5] LED gap spacer e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 50...

  • Page 91: Driving Section

    [4] Paper feeding drive unit [5] Drum/TBU motor [6] Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor [7] Mono/color switching motor [8] Fuser unit drive section [9] Exit/Reverse drive section © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 51...

  • Page 92: Drum Tbu Drive Unit

    [5] Y drum [6] M drum [7] C drum [8] K drum [9] Y mixer [10] M mixer [11] C mixer [12] K mixer e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 52...

  • Page 93: Development Drive Unit/Paper Feeding Drive Unit

    Fig. 3-32 [1] Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor [2] Gear (row of gears) [3] Coupling [4] K developer unit © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 53...

  • Page 94: Monochrome/Color Switching Mechanism

    [5] Color coupling gear (driving the drum) [6] Color drive gear (driving the drum) [7] Color coupling gear (driving the developer unit) [8] Color drive gear (driving the developer unit) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 54...

  • Page 95: Paper Feeding System

    [17] Jam access cover opening/closing switch [18] Drawer paper remaining sensor [19] Drawer tray-up sensor [20] Transport roller [21] 2nd drawer paper feed sensor © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 55...

  • Page 96: Composition

    Bypass paper sensor Bypass tray slide guide width detection PC board Bypass feed clutch CLT3 Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor Registration motor Registration roller Registration sensor e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 56...
  • Page 97 (M14) is turned ON, the registration roller rotates. 11. Paper width detection board (S17) This sensor works directly with the sidewalls of the bypass tray to detect the paper width on the tray. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 98 ( M2 ) ( CLT1/CLT4 ) Bypass feed clutch Bypass feed roller ( CLT3 ) Feed clutch Feed roller (H/L) (CLT5/CLT6) Registration roller Registration motor (M14) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 58...
  • Page 99 Paper is picked up by the movement of the feed clutch. When the feed clutch is turned ON, the pickup roller and feed roller rotate, and the paper is picked up from the drawer. The paper is separated by the separation roller. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...
  • Page 100 High speed transportation is also performed when the paper is transported from the PFP to the registration position (When the PFP is connected). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 60...
  • Page 101 Fig. 3-38 [1] Bypass feed roller [2] Bypass separation roller [3] Spring © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 61...
  • Page 102 The feed clutch is turned OFF and the pickup roller and feed roller stop rotating. The registration motor is turned ON, and the paper is transported to the transfer unit. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 62...

  • Page 103: Process Unit Related Section

    [8] Developer unit (C) [9] Developer unit (K) [10] Process unit (Y) [11] Process unit (M) [12]Process unit (C) [13] Process unit (K) [14] Temperature/Humidity sensor © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 63...
  • Page 104 [8] Main charger unit [9] Main charger grid [10] LED print head [11] Mixer [12] Auto-toner sensor [13] Doctor blade [14] Developer sleeve (Magnetic roller) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 64...
  • Page 105 THM3, THM4 Discharge LED ERS-Y, -M, -C, -K Temperature/Humidity sensor Ozone filter Ozone exhaust fan High-voltage transformer Drum/TBU motor Mono/color switching motor Developer unit cooling © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 65...
  • Page 106 Ozone produced by corona discharge of the main charger is exhausted through this filter. The catalyzer of the ozone filter degrades the ozone. 8. Ozone exhaust fan (F2) This fan exhausts air through the ozone filter-1. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 66...
  • Page 107 Y, M, C drums. Additionally, the drum switching sensor detects the phase of the guide to control the mono/color switching motor, and checks whether the drive is transmitted to the Y, M, C drums or not. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 108: Drum Driving Sleep Mode

    Set "20" for 08-2385 to reduce the number of times to shift the drum driving sleep mode, or set "0" or "1" for 08-2383 to reduce the number of drum rotations without exposure. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 68...

  • Page 109: Developer Unit

    [7] Developer unit (M) [8] Developer unit (C) [9] Developer unit (K) [10] Process unit (Y) [11] Process unit (M) [12]Process unit (C) [13] Process unit (K) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 69...
  • Page 110 Developer unit Developer material PM parts Mixer Developer sleeve (Magnetic roller) Doctor blade Auto-toner sensor S1, S2, S3, S4 Paper feeding/ developer unit drive motor e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 70...
  • Page 111 This collects the residual toner scraped off on the drum surface by the cleaning blade and residual toner scraped off on the transfer belt by the transfer belt cleaning blade. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 112: Functions Of The Toner Cartridge Pc Board (Ctrg)

    An IC chip is embedded in this board. Data such as identification information for the recommended TOSHIBA toner cartridge, thresholds to determine if the cartridge is nearly empty, and controlling data for the image quality to be optimal according to the toner characteristics are written in this chip.

  • Page 113: Waste Toner Box

    [3] Gear (Paddle) [4] Gear [5] Waste toner paddle motor (M7) [6] Waste toner paddle rotation detection sensor (S9) [7] Waste toner amount detection sensor (S36) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 73...

  • Page 114: Transfer Unit

    [10]1st transfer roller (K) [11] Waste toner auger [12] Transfer belt cleaning blade [13] 2nd transfer roller [14] Paper clinging detection sensor [15] Registration reach sensor e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 74...
  • Page 115 2nd transfer roller PM parts Paper clinging detection sensor Image position aligning sensor S7 / S8 (Front) Image position aligning sensor (Rear)/Image quality sensor © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 75...

  • Page 116: Image Quality Control

    Fig. 3-44 [1] Image position aligning sensor (Front) [2] Image position aligning sensor (Rear)/Image quality sensor [3] 2nd transfer front guide [4] Transfer belt e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 76...

  • Page 117: Fuser Unit / Paper Exit Section

    [10] Fuser belt rotation detection sensor [11] Pressure roller contact/release detection sensor [12] Fuser belt pad [13] Rotation detection plate [14] Fuser belt drive shaft © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 77...
  • Page 118 [1] Pressure roller contacting/releasing cam [2] IH coil [3] Fuser motor [4] Pressure roller contact/release motor Fig. 3-47 [1] IH board [2] IH board cooling fan e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 78...
  • Page 119 S27, S28 sensor IH coil IH-COIL IH board IH board cooling fan Fuser section cooling fan Fuser motor * THM5 is for 45/50ppm only. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 79...

  • Page 120: Electric Circuit Description

    IH coil energization permitting signal Switching signal of power setting ASIC AC line IH status signal DC line Forcible power-off circuit LGC board Fig. 3-48 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 80...
  • Page 121 OFF. After confirming that it is a fuser unit abnormality, correct the subject part in the unit and clear the counter value to "0" so that the equipment can be started up normally. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C...
  • Page 122 OFF power supply when the surface temperature exceeds the preset temperature. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 82...
  • Page 123 220°C or above 235°C or above On usual saving mode At paper jam C449 29 Fixed 220°C or above 235°C or above On usual © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 83...

  • Page 124: Paper Exit Section/Reverse Section

    [6] Lower exit roller [7] Reverse gate solenoid [8] Reverse roller [9] ADU entrance sensor [10] Exit sensor [11] Reverse gate [12] Exit tray e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 84...
  • Page 125 5. Reverse gate solenoid (SOL2) This reverse gate solenoid drives the reverse gate and switches the paper transport path (paper exit section or reverse section). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 85...

  • Page 126: Reverse Motor Drive

    The figure shown below is the layout of the driving gears of the upper exit roller and reverse roller. Reverse Forward Fig. 3-50 [1] Upper exit roller [2] Reverse roller e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 86...

  • Page 127: Automatic Duplexing Unit (Adu)

    Fig. 3-51 [1] ADU motor [2] ADU entrance sensor [3] Upper transport roller [4] ADU exit sensor [5] Lower transport roller [6] Paper guide © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 87...
  • Page 128 Automatic Duplexing Unit (ADU) ADU motor M12: Stepping motor ADU entrance sensor ADU exit sensor Reverse sensor ADU driving PC board Upper transport roller Lower transport roller e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 88...

  • Page 129: Drive Of Adu

    When the ADU motor (M12) rotates, the upper transport roller and lower transport roller are rotated driven by the gears and belt. Fig. 3-52 [1] ADU motor [2] Gear [3] Timing belt [4] Upper transport roller [5] Timing belt © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 89...

  • Page 130: Description Of Operations

    If the ADU is opened during duplex printing, the ADU motor is stopped, namely, ADU open jam occurs (E430). The equipment never stops during printing by interruption in any case except paper jam or service call. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 90...

  • Page 131: Power Supply Unit

    The voltage (+24 VD) is output only when the main power switch of the equipment is turned ON and two covers (front cover and automatic duplexing unit) are closed. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C...

  • Page 132: Operation Of Dc Output Circuits

    When operation is being performed in the self-diagnosis mode (Disabled until the main switch is turned OFF) 7. State of the power supply Power OFF e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 92...
  • Page 133 Super Sleep mode Only DC voltage and +5VS are output from the power supply unit. The [ON/OFF] button is monitored and the LED of the main switch is lit. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE...

  • Page 134: Output Channel

    LGC board HVT (via LGC board) ADU board (via LGC board) +24VD2 DRV (via LGC board) +24VD3 CN513 +24VD4 SYS board CN515 +24VD5 Finisher e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 94...

  • Page 135: Fuse

    CLT4 Transport clutch (H) CLT5 Transport clutch (L) CLT6 Tray-up motor Registration motor Ozone exhaust fan Suctioning fan Developer unit cooling fan Coin Controller © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 95...
  • Page 136 Voltage Board/Unit Part Fuse type +24VD4 SYS board Scan motor F204: 4 A (Semi time-lag) +24VD5 Finisher Finisher F205: 4 A (Semi time-lag) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved OUTLINE OF THE MACHINE 3 - 96...

  • Page 137: Disassembly And Replacement

    Remove 5 screws and take off the small left cover [1]. Remove the left cover [2] while pushing down on its handle. Fig. 4-2 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 1...

  • Page 138: Left Top Cover

    Left top cover Remove 2 screws and take off the left top cover [1] by sliding it toward the front side to release the latches. Fig. 4-5 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 2...

  • Page 139: Left Rear Cover

    Remove the right rear cover.  P. 4-4 "4.1.10 Right rear cover" Remove 2 screws and take off the top right cover [1] by lifting it up. Fig. 4-8 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 3...

  • Page 140: Right Front Cover

    [1] 45 degrees. Pull out the front top cover [2] toward the front side and remove it by sliding it toward the left side. Fig. 4-11 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 4...

  • Page 141: Front Right Cover

    Top rear cover If the RADF is installed, disconnect the 1 connector [1]. Remove 3 screws, and take off the top rear cover [2]. Fig. 4-14 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 5...

  • Page 142: Rear Cover

    Remove 8 screws, and then take off the inner cover [1]. Fig. 4-16 Remove 1 screw and take off the front cover switch bracket [1]. Fig. 4-17 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 6...
  • Page 143  P. 4-6 "4.1.16 Front cover switch (SW1)" Remove 2 screws and disconnect the 2 connectors [1], and then take off the front cover interlock switch [2]. Fig. 4-19 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 7...
  • Page 144 Remove the control panel unit [1] while sliding it toward the upper side. Fig. 4-21 Notes: When installing, pass the harness through the harness clamp of the frame. Fig. 4-22 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 8...

  • Page 145: Key Board

    DSP board Remove the control panel unit.  P. 4-8 "4.2.1 Control panel unit" Remove 8 screws and take off the cover [1]. Fig. 4-25 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 9...

  • Page 146: Touch Panel

    Remove the DSP board [3]. Fig. 4-27 4.2.4 Touch panel Remove the DSP board.  P. 4-9 "4.2.3 DSP board" Remove the case [1]. Fig. 4-28 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 10...
  • Page 147 Remove the touch panel [2] from the case [1]. Fig. 4-29 Disconnect the flat cable [2] from the touch panel [1]. Fig. 4-30 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 11...

  • Page 148: Original Glass

     P. 4-12 "4.3.1 Original glass" Remove 2 screws and take off the lens cover [1] by sliding it toward the left side. Fig. 4-32 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 12...

  • Page 149: Automatic Original Detection Sensor-1, -2 (S24, S25)

    Lens unit/CCD driving PC board Remove the automatic original detection sensor.  P. 4-13 "4.3.3 Automatic original detection sensor-1, -2 (S24, S25)" Disconnect 1 connector [1]. Fig. 4-34 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 13...
  • Page 150 CCD lens unit, the same number of lines needs to be visible. Fig. 4-35 4. When replacing the lens unit, do not touch the screws (7 places). Fig. 4-36 Fig. 4-37 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 14...

  • Page 151: Carriage Home Position Sensor (S23)

     P. 4-4 "4.1.11 Front top cover" Remove 1 screw respectively from the front and rear sides, and take off the fixing bracket [1]. Fig. 4-39 Fig. 4-40 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 15...

  • Page 152: Scan Motor (M1)

     P. 6-80 "6.6.3 Belt tension adjustment of the Scan motor" Fig. 4-42 Remove 2 screws and take off the scan motor [1]. Fig. 4-43 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 16...

  • Page 153: Platen Sensor-1, -2 (S21, S22)

    Remove 1 screw and take off the platen sensor assembly [1]. Fig. 4-45 Disconnect the 2 connectors [1], and remove the platen sensor-1 [2] and the platen sensor-2 [3]. Fig. 4-46 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 17...

  • Page 154: Carriage-1

    Fig. 4-47 Notes: To move the carriage, manually rotate the drive pulley. Fig. 4-48 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-49 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 18...

  • Page 155: Carriage Wire, Carriage-2

    Move carriage-2 to the center. Attach the wire holder jig [2] to the wire pulley [1] to prevent the wire from coming loose. Fig. 4-52 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 19...
  • Page 156 Then remove carriage-2 [1]. Notes: Replace mirror-2 and -3 together with carriage-2 [1]. Do not remove mirror-2 and - Fig. 4-55 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 20...
  • Page 157 Fig. 4-56 springs. Make sure the tension applied to the wire is normal. Fig. 4-57 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 21...
  • Page 158 [1] and be passed under the jig arm [2]. 3. When installing the wire holder jig, be careful of the orientation. Fig. 4-60 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 22...

  • Page 159: Scanner Damp Heater (Dh1)

    Turn the power of the equipment OFF and unplug the power cable before the disassembly and installation. Remove the original glass.  P. 4-12 "4.3.1 Original glass" Remove 1 connector. Fig. 4-61 Remove the scanner damp heater. Fig. 4-62 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 23...

  • Page 160: Led Tray

    Disconnect the 1 connector [1]. Fig. 4-63 Remove the flat cable cover [1]. Fig. 4-64 Disconnect 4 LED connectors [1] and 4 flat cables [2]. Fig. 4-65 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 24...
  • Page 161 Do not apply pressure to or damage the edge of the flat cable. • When installing the flat cable, do not push it in strongly. Fig. 4-68 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 25...
  • Page 162 Fig. 4-69 Install the harness holding jig [1]. Fig. 4-70 Notes: Store the 4 connectors [1] inside the jig. Fig. 4-71 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 26...

  • Page 163: Discharge Led

    Remove the LED tray.  P. 4-24 "4.4.1 LED Tray" Slide the discharge LED [1] to the front side and remove it by releasing the hook. Fig. 4-74 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 27...

  • Page 164: Led Printer Head

    LED head, clean it with alcohol. Remove the LED tray.  P. 4-24 "4.4.1 LED Tray" Release 2 latches and remove the harness cover [1]. Fig. 4-77 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 28...
  • Page 165 [1] and lever [2]. Fig. 4-78 Press the contact/release arm [1] to place the LED print head [2] into the contact state. Fig. 4-79 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 29...
  • Page 166 • Make sure that the plate spring [1] on the front of the LED print head unit is placed in the groove [2]. Fig. 4-82 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 30...
  • Page 167 [2] of the head inside. Then, make sure that the head is securely installed. • After the link has been installed, check the contact/release operations. Fig. 4-85 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 31...
  • Page 168 Lever position: Released and lock it securely. Confirm that the tabs are in the positions shown in the right figure. Connector Fig. 4-88 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 32...
  • Page 169 Do not apply pressure to or damage the edge of the flat cable. Fig. 4-89 Release 6 latches and remove the LED printer head [1]. Fig. 4-90 Fig. 4-91 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 33...
  • Page 170 LED printer head are inside the flat spring [2]. Fig. 4-92 Fig. 4-93 Remove the harness holder [1], 1 connector [2], and LED print head [3]. Fig. 4-94 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 34...

  • Page 171: Led Spacer

    LED spacer [2] in the rear side. Notes: When attaching the LED spacer, make sure that it is placed in the correct orientation. Fig. 4-95 Fig. 4-96 Fig. 4-97 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 35...

  • Page 172: Bypass Unit

    [2] up and move the projection portion of the bypass unit [2] to the wider part of the groove of the hinge stopper [1], then release the hinge stopper. Fig. 4-100 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 36...
  • Page 173 Fig. 4-102 Notes: When removing the hinge stopper [1], move the projection portion to the wider part [2] of the groove. Fig. 4-103 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 37...
  • Page 174 Pull the rear shaft of bypass tray [1] toward you and remove it from the bearing. Then, remove the front shaft and take off the bypass tray [1]. Fig. 4-106 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 38...

  • Page 175: Bypass Feed Roller

    Remove the bypass feed roller [1] while pulling out it. Fig. 4-108 Notes: Make sure that the coupling is engaged when the bypass feed roller is replaced. Fig. 4-109 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 39...

  • Page 176: Bypass Separation Roller

    When installing the bypass separation roller [1], push it in from both sides while being as careful as possible not to touch it. Fig. 4-112 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 40...

  • Page 177: Paper Width Detection Pc Board (Sfb Board) (S17)

    Slide the slide tray of the bypass unit. Remove 1 screw and take off the paper width detection PC board (SFB board) cover [1]. Fig. 4-115 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 41...

  • Page 178: Bypass Feed Sensor (S16)

    Press the flange [1] inside and remove the bypass feed roller [2]. Fig. 4-117 Remove the clip [1], shaft [2], and collar [3]. Fig. 4-118 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 42...

  • Page 179: Side Cover Switch (Sw5)

    Remove the automatic duplexing unit (ADU).  P. 4-191 "4.11.1 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)" Remove 4 screws, and then take off the stay [1]. Fig. 4-121 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 43...
  • Page 180 [1], and then pull out the front support, and then remove the paper guide [1]. Fig. 4-124 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 44...

  • Page 181: Registration Roller (Plastic)

    4.5.8 Registration roller (Plastic) Remove the registration motor.  P. 4-70 "4.5.34 Registration motor (M14)" Remove the 1 bushing [1] and1 gear [2]. Fig. 4-127 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 45...

  • Page 182: Registration Roller (Rubber)

    Then take off the holder and the spring. Fig. 4-130 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 46...
  • Page 183 Fig. 4-131 Fig. 4-132 Notes: Install the gear, bushing, and leaf spring in the orientation shown in the figure. Fig. 4-133 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 47...

  • Page 184: Jam Access Cover

     P. 4-4 "4.1.9 Right front cover" Remove the automatic duplexing unit.  P. 4-191 "4.11.1 Automatic duplexing unit (ADU)" Remove 4 screws and take off the stay [1]. Fig. 4-136 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 48...
  • Page 185 Fig. 4-137 Remove the clip [1]. Fig. 4-138 Remove the transport roller [2] by sliding the bushing [1] toward the front side. Fig. 4-139 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 49...

  • Page 186: Jam Access Cover Opening/Closing Switch (Sw20)

    [2]. Fig. 4-141 Release the 1 connector [1] and the latch, and remove the jam access cover opening/ closing switch [2]. Fig. 4-142 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 50...

  • Page 187: Nd Drawer Paper Feed Sensor (S32)

    Disconnect the 1 connector [1], remove 2 screws, and take off the cover [2]. Fig. 4-144 Release the latch, and remove the 2nd drawer paper feed sensor [1]. Fig. 4-145 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 51...

  • Page 188: St Drawer Paper Feed Unit

    Release two latches [1] and remove the 1st drawer separation roller guide [2]. Fig. 4-147 Remove the E-ring [1] and take off the shaft [2]. Fig. 4-148 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 52...

  • Page 189: Nd Drawer Paper Feed Unit

    Notes: When installing, align the arrow of the 2nd drawer paper feed unit with the guide before inserting. Fig. 4-151 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 53...

  • Page 190: Nd Drawer Separation Roller Guide

    [2]. Fig. 4-152 Remove the E-ring [1] and take off the shaft [2]. Fig. 4-153 Remove the shaft cover [1]. Fig. 4-154 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 54...

  • Page 191: St Drawer Paper Feed Roller, Separation Roller, And Pick-Up Roller

    Slide the guide to the front side. Fig. 4-156 Release the roller latch, and remove the separation roller [1], feed roller [2], and pick- up roller [3]. Fig. 4-157 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 55...

  • Page 192: Separation Roller

    Separation roller Fig. 4-158 Feed roller Fig. 4-159 Pick-up roller Fig. 4-160 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 56...

  • Page 193: Nd Drawer Paper Feed Roller, Separation Roller, And Pick-Up Roller

    Fig. 4-161 Release the roller latch, and remove the separation roller [1], feed roller [2], and pick- up roller [3]. Fig. 4-162 Separation roller Fig. 4-163 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 57...

  • Page 194: St Drawer Detection Switch (Sw8)

    Fig. 4-166 Install the 1st drawer detection switch so that the connector can be installed from the right side when viewed from the rear side. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 58...

  • Page 195: Nd Drawer Detection Switch (Sw19)

    Disconnect 2 connectors [1] and release the harness from the harness clamp [2] and harness guide. Remove 4 screws, and take off the tray-up motor unit [3]. Fig. 4-169 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 59...

  • Page 196: Tray-Up Motor (M15)

    Fig. 4-171 4.5.24 1st drawer paper remaining sensor (S30) Remove the tray-up motor.  P. 4-60 "4.5.23 Tray-up motor (M15)" Disconnect 1 connector [1]. Fig. 4-172 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 60...

  • Page 197: Nd Drawer Paper Remaining Sensor (S33)

    Remove the tray-up motor unit.  P. 4-59 "4.5.22 Tray-up motor unit" Release the harness from the harness guide [1]. Disconnect the 1 connector [2]. Fig. 4-175 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 61...

  • Page 198: St Drawer Empty Sensor (S5) And 1St Drawer Tray-Up Sensor (S31)

     P. 4-53 "4.5.16 2nd drawer paper feed unit" Remove the tray-up motor unit.  P. 4-59 "4.5.22 Tray-up motor unit" Release the harness from the harness clamp [1]. Fig. 4-178 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 62...
  • Page 199 When installing connectors, connect the white connector to the 1st drawer empty sensor [2], and the yellow connector to the 1st drawer tray-up sensor [4]. Fig. 4-181 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 63...

  • Page 200: Nd Drawer Empty Sensor (S34) And 2Nd Drawer Tray-Up Sensor (S35)

    Fig. 4-183 Notes: When installing, pass the connector through the hole, and fix it using the sensor holder projection [1] and latch [2]. Fig. 4-184 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 64...

  • Page 201: St Drawer Paper Width Detection Switch (Sw6 And 1St Drawer Paper Length Detection Switch (Sw7)

    Fig. 4-186 Release the latch, and remove the 1st drawer paper width detection switch [1] and 1st drawer paper length detection switch [2]. Fig. 4-187 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 65...

  • Page 202: Nd Drawer Paper Width Detection Switch (Sw17 And 2Nd Drawer Paper Length Detection Switch (Sw18)

     P. 4-6 "4.1.15 Rear cover" Remove the ozone exhaust fan duct hook [1]. Disconnect the connector [1]. Remove 3 screws and release the bracket [2]. Fig. 4-190 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 66...
  • Page 203 [2]. (10) Remove 2 screws, and take off the clutch cover [3]. Fig. 4-192 (11) Remove the 1st drawer feed clutch [1]. Fig. 4-193 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 67...

  • Page 204: Nd Drawer Feed Clutch (Clt4)

    Remove the 2nd drawer feed clutch [1]. Fig. 4-195 Notes: When installing the 2nd drawer feed clutch, attach the stopper to the projection. Fig. 4-196 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 68...

  • Page 205: Transport Clutch (H) (Clt5)

     P. 4-66 "4.5.30 1st drawer feed clutch (CLT1)" Remove the transport clutch (H) [1]. Fig. 4-197 Notes: When installing the transport clutch (H), attach the stopper to the projection. Fig. 4-198 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 69...

  • Page 206: Transport Clutch (L) (Clt6)

    Remove the rear cover.  P. 4-6 "4.1.15 Rear cover" Remove 3 screws and disconnect the 1 connector [1], and take off the registration motor [2]. Fig. 4-201 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 70...

  • Page 207: Paper Feed Drive Unit

     P. 4-70 "4.5.33 Transport clutch (L) (CLT6)" Remove the registration motor.  P. 4-70 "4.5.34 Registration motor (M14)" Remove 1 bushing [1] and 1 gear [2]. Fig. 4-204 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 71...

  • Page 208: Paper Feed Drive Gear

     P. 4-71 "4.5.35 Paper feed drive unit" Remove 3 clips, and take off 3 bushings. Remove 2 screws and take off the clutch cover [1]. Fig. 4-207 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 72...
  • Page 209 When installing the clutch, attach the stopper to the projection. Fig. 4-209 Remove 5 screws and take off the paper feed drive gear cover [1]. Fig. 4-210 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 73...
  • Page 210 2 rice-sized grains of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft [1]. Fig. 4-211 Remove the paper feed drive gear. Fig. 4-212 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 74...
  • Page 211 (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft [1] and also 4 rice-sized grains of white grease (Molykote EM-30L) to the tooth surface of the gear [2]. Do not apply grease to the black gears. Fig. 4-213 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT...
  • Page 212 Toner may spill from the developer unit if it is tilted with the lid open. Fig. 4-216 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 76...

  • Page 213: Developer Material

    Remove the developer unit.  P. 4-76 "4.6.2 Developer unit" Push the hook and take off the knob [1] by sliding it to the right. Fig. 4-219 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 77...
  • Page 214 [2] from the developer case and developer sleeve shaft. Fig. 4-221 Release 6 latches at the side of the upper cover. Fig. 4-222 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 78...
  • Page 215 Remove the upper cover [1]. Fig. 4-224 Notes: Do not remove the developer material adhering to the magnetic rubber in the upper cover. Fig. 4-225 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 79...
  • Page 216 Turn the knob [1] in the direction of the arrow shown on the cover until the developer material is evenly adhered to the surface of the developer sleeve. Fig. 4-228 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 80...
  • Page 217 • Check if the developer does not adhered to the joint of the upper cover. Fig. 4-231 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 81...
  • Page 218 Fig. 4-233 Notes: Hook the latches, and then install the cover while holding it from above. Fig. 4-234 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 82...

  • Page 219: Doctor Blade

    Remove 2 screws and take off the doctor blade [1]. Fig. 4-236 4.6.5 Side seal Remove the doctor blade.  P. 4-83 "4.6.4 Doctor blade" Remove the side seal [1]. Fig. 4-237 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 83...

  • Page 220: Auto-Toner Sensor (S1, S2, S3, S4)

    Development sleeve Discharge the developer material.  P. 4-77 "4.6.3 Developer material" Remove 1 screw and take off the pole position adjustment plate [1]. Fig. 4-240 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 84...
  • Page 221 When assembling, use a new piece of kapton tape, since once removed, it is not reusable. • Attach the kapton tape along the angle of the developer case. Fig. 4-243 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 85...

  • Page 222: Mixer

    Remove 2 clips [1], 2 bushings [2] and the front bushing holder [3]. Notes: The parts [2] for the 45/50 ppm models are the bearings instead of the bushings. Fig. 4-246 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 86...

  • Page 223: Cleaner Unit

    Before removing the cleaner unit, be sure to take off the developer unit for the corresponding color. • When installing the cleaner, make sure to correspond to the color. Fig. 4-249 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 87...

  • Page 224: Main Charger

    Pushing it will damage the belt. Fig. 4-251 4.6.10 Main charger Remove the cleaner unit.  P. 4-87 "4.6.9 Cleaner unit" Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-252 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 88...
  • Page 225 Release 2 latches [1] and remove the cleaner cover [2]. Fig. 4-253 Fig. 4-254 Pull down the main charger [1] and release 2 latches [2]. Fig. 4-255 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 89...

  • Page 226: Drum And Bushing

    Remove the main charger.  P. 4-88 "4.6.10 Main charger" Turn the bushing [1] clockwise and release the lock. Fig. 4-257 Remove the bushing [1]. Fig. 4-258 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 90...
  • Page 227 Move it to a dark place as soon as it is taken off. • Be sure not to touch or scratch the edge of the drum cleaning blade. Fig. 4-259 Fig. 4-260 Fig. 4-261 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 91...

  • Page 228: Drum Cleaning Blade

    Remove 2 screws and take off the drum cleaning blade [1]. Notes: Be sure not to touch or scratch the edge of the cleaning blade. Fig. 4-262 Fig. 4-263 Fig. 4-264 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 92...

  • Page 229: Side Seal

    Remove the C-ring [1], washer [2], spring [3], bushing [4], and waste toner unit gear [5]. Notes: To remove the gear, and release the lock by raising the latch. Fig. 4-267 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 93...

  • Page 230: Main Charger Grid

    When installing the grid, be careful not to let the urethane sheet adhered to the charge case get caught in it. Fig. 4-269 Fig. 4-270 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 94...

  • Page 231: Main Charger Cleaner

    Remove the main charger grid.  P. 4-94 "4.6.15 Main charger grid" Release the latch [1] and remove the main charger cleaner [2]. Fig. 4-271 Fig. 4-272 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 95...

  • Page 232: Needle Electrode

     P. 4-110 "4.6.30 Toner motor assembly" Remove 3 screws, release 5 upper latches [1], and then take off the toner cartridge holder [2]. Fig. 4-275 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 96...
  • Page 233 [2] by sliding it leftward to unlock it. Fig. 4-277 Remove 2 screws and take off the transfer belt cleaner guide (upper) [1]. Fig. 4-278 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 97...
  • Page 234 (10) Remove 2 screws and take off the transfer belt rail (rear) [1]. Fig. 4-280 (11) Remove 4 screws and take off 4 cleaner unit rails [1]. Fig. 4-281 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 98...
  • Page 235 Fig. 4-283 (14) Disconnect the 2 connectors [1], and remove the drum old/new detection switch [2] and developer unit old/new detection switch [3]. Fig. 4-284 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 99...

  • Page 236: Drum Thermistor-2 (Thm4)

    Remove the discharge LED (M).  P. 4-27 "4.4.2 Discharge LED" Remove 1 screw and disconnect the 1 connector [1], and take off drum thermistor- 2[2]. Fig. 4-287 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 100...

  • Page 237: Temperature/Humidity Sensor (S10)

     P. 4-102 "4.6.24 Waste toner paddle motor (M7)" Disconnect the 1 connector [1], and remove the waste toner paddle rotation detection sensor [2]. Fig. 4-290 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 101...

  • Page 238: Waste Toner Amount Detection Sensor (S36)

     P. 4-6 "4.1.16 Front cover switch (SW1)" Remove 3 screws and disconnect the 1 connector [1], and then remove the waste toner paddle motor unit [2]. Fig. 4-293 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 102...

  • Page 239: Drum Switching Unit

    Remove the high-voltage transformer.  P. 9-9 "9.1.8 High-voltage transformer (HVT)" Release the harness from harness clamp, remove 2 screws, and take off the plate [1]. Fig. 4-296 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 103...

  • Page 240: Drum Switching Detection Sensor (S11)

    Remove the drum switching unit.  P. 4-103 "4.6.25 Drum switching unit" Disconnect the 1 connector [1], and remove the drum switching detection sensor [2]. Fig. 4-299 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 104...

  • Page 241: Mono/Color Switching Motor (M3)

    Remove the arm [1]. Notes: When installing the mono/color switching motor bracket, put the gear projection [3] into the arm hole [2]. Fig. 4-301 Fig. 4-302 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 105...

  • Page 242: Paper Feeding/Developer Unit Drive Motor (M2)

     P. 4-6 "4.1.15 Rear cover" Disconnect the 1 connector [1]. Remove 2 screws and then take off the paper feeding/developer unit drive motor [2]. Fig. 4-305 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 106...

  • Page 243: Developer Drive Unit

     P. 4-71 "4.5.35 Paper feed drive unit" Release the harness from the harness clamp [1]. Remove 4 screws and take off the developer drive unit [2]. Fig. 4-306 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 107...
  • Page 244 Apply a coat of the grease to the whole sliding surface of each coupling. Apply a thin coat of the grease to whole outer circumference of each shaft. Fig. 4-307 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 108...
  • Page 245 When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, apply 1 rice-sized grain of white grease (Molykote EM30-L) to the front side [1] and the rear side [2] of the cam. Fig. 4-308 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT...

  • Page 246: Toner Motor Assembly

    Fig. 4-310 Remove 2 screws and release the 2 hooks [1]. Then, remove the toner motor assembly [2] and disconnect the connector. Fig. 4-311 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 110...

  • Page 247: Toner Motor (M8, M9, M10, M11)

    Release 2 latches and remove the gear [1]. Fig. 4-313 Remove 1 screw and disconnect the 1 connector [1], and then take off the motor bracket [2]. Fig. 4-314 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 111...

  • Page 248: Ozone Filter

    Fig. 4-315 4.6.32 Ozone filter Remove the rear cover.  P. 4-6 "4.1.15 Rear cover" Remove the ozone filter [1]. Fig. 4-316 Fig. 4-317 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 112...

  • Page 249: Ozone Exhaust Fan (F2)

    [2]. Fig. 4-319 Remove the ozone exhaust fan duct hook, and pull out the ozone exhaust fan duct [1] toward the front side. Fig. 4-320 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 113...
  • Page 250 Release 4 latches and remove the ozone exhaust fan duct [2]. Fig. 4-322 Release the harness from the harness guide, and remove the ozone exhaust fan [1]. Fig. 4-323 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 114...

  • Page 251: Sys Cooling Fan (F1)

    Remove 1 screw, and release the latch [3] and take off the suctioning fan cover [2]. Fig. 4-325 Remove the suctioning fan [1]. Fig. 4-326 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 115...

  • Page 252: Power Supply Unit Cooling Fan (F8)

    When installing the K drum drive gear cover, make sure that the spring [1] is engaged with the concave portion of the gear. Fig. 4-329 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 116...
  • Page 253 Remove 6 screws and take off the YMC drum drive gear cover [1]. Fig. 4-330 Remove the drum drive gear. Fig. 4-331 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 117...
  • Page 254 Apply 1 rice-sized grain of the grease to the front side [a] and the rear side [b] of the cam. Apply a coat of the grease to the whole inner circumference of the bushing. Fig. 4-332 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 118...
  • Page 255 When replacing the parts or performing machine refreshment, do not apply grease to the shaft [1] and the tooth surface of the gear [2]. Fig. 4-333 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 119...

  • Page 256: Developer Drive Gear

    Remove the drum and TBU drive unit.  P. 4-141 "4.7.14 Drum and TBU drive unit" Remove 3 screws and take off the developer drive gear cover [1]. Fig. 4-335 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 120...
  • Page 257 (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft [1], the tooth surface of the gear [2] and the sliding surfaces of the coupling [3]. Fig. 4-337 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 121...

  • Page 258: Main Power Switch (Sw4)

     P. 4-6 "4.1.15 Rear cover" Disconnect the 1 connector [1]. Release 2 latches, and remove the developer unit cooling fan unit [2]. Fig. 4-340 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 122...
  • Page 259 When installing, place the developer unit cooling fan [1] as shown in the right figure. • Before installing the plate, pass the harness through the duct window. Fig. 4-343 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 123...

  • Page 260: Drum Damp Heater (Right Side)(Dh2)

    Remove 1 screw and take off the cover. Fig. 4-344 Remove 1 screw and disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 4-345 Remove the drum damp heater (Right side). Fig. 4-346 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 124...

  • Page 261: Drum Damp Heater (Left Side)(Dh3)

     P. 4-1 "4.1.2 Left cover" Loosen 2 screws and remove the shield cover. Fig. 4-347 Disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 4-348 Release the harness from 2 harness clamps. Fig. 4-349 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 125...
  • Page 262 Remove the drum damp heater (Left side). Fig. 4-350 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 126...

  • Page 263: Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit

    Remove the transfer belt cleaning unit.  P. 4-127 "4.7.1 Transfer belt cleaning unit" Remove 2 screws and take off the transfer belt cleaning blade [1]. Fig. 4-352 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 127...
  • Page 264 Fig. 4-353 Fig. 4-354 Remove the recovery blade [1]. Fig. 4-355 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 128...
  • Page 265 Transfer belt cleaning blade Fig. 4-356 Blade seal Fig. 4-357 Recovery blade Fig. 4-358 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 129...

  • Page 266: Transfer Belt Unit (Tbu)

    Lower the 2nd transfer roller unit (TRU) [1]. Fig. 4-360 Pull the lever [1], loosen 2 screws to lower it, and then pull out the transfer belt unit [2]. Fig. 4-361 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 130...

  • Page 267: Transfer Belt

     P. 4-130 "4.7.3 Transfer belt unit (TBU)" Remove the spring [2] and the front tensioner [1]. Fig. 4-363 Remove the spring [1] in the rear side. Fig. 4-364 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 131...
  • Page 268 When installing, make sure that the mark [1] of the transfer belt unit is aligned with the mark [2] of the waste toner box. Fig. 4-367 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 132...
  • Page 269 Be sure not to scratch the belt surface. • Check if the rib on both ends of the transfer belt does not run on the rollers. Fig. 4-369 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 133...

  • Page 270: Cleaner Unit Facing Roller

     P. 4-131 "4.7.4 Transfer belt" Remove 1 screw, gear [1], tensioner [2], 2 bearings, and take off the cleaner opposing roller [3]. Fig. 4-370 Fig. 4-371 Fig. 4-372 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 134...

  • Page 271: Drive Roller

    Remove the transfer belt.  P. 4-131 "4.7.4 Transfer belt" Place the transfer belt frame upside down. Remove the rear shaft on the 1st transfer roller. Fig. 4-375 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 135...

  • Page 272: Nd Transfer Roller

    [2]. Fig. 4-377 Remove the 2 E-rings [1], collars [2], and stoppers [3], and then take off the 2nd transfer roller [4]. Fig. 4-378 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 136...

  • Page 273: Nd Transfer Roller Unit (Tru)

    Fig. 4-380 Remove the 2 screws and 2 clips [1], disconnect the 1 connector [2], and then remove the 2nd transfer roller unit [3]. Fig. 4-381 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 137...

  • Page 274: Paper Clinging Detection Sensor (S18)

    1 screw. Then pull up the latch toward the front side, rotate it clockwise, and remove the 1st transfer contact/release clutch cover [2]. Fig. 4-384 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 138...

  • Page 275: St Transfer Roller Status Detection Sensor (S12)

    Remove the drum and TBU drive unit.  P. 4-141 "4.7.14 Drum and TBU drive unit" Remove 2 screws and take off the 1st transfer contact/release gear unit [1]. Fig. 4-387 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 139...

  • Page 276: Drum/Tbu Motor (M6)

     P. 4-6 "4.1.15 Rear cover" Remove 2 screws and disconnect the 1 connector [1], and then take off the drum/ TBU motor [2]. Fig. 4-390 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 140...

  • Page 277: Drum And Tbu Drive Unit

    Disconnect the 1 connector [1]. Fig. 4-391 Remove the flat cable cover [1]. Fig. 4-392 Disconnect the 4 LED connectors [1], and 4 flat cables [2]. Fig. 4-393 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 141...
  • Page 278 Do not apply pressure to or damage the edge of the flat cable. • When installing the flat cable, do not push it in strongly. Fig. 4-396 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 142...
  • Page 279 Remove 7 screws, disconnect the 3 connectors [1], release the upper hook, and then take off the drum and TBU drive unit [2]. Fig. 4-399 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 143...
  • Page 280 TBU drive unit hook [1] on the rear frame hole [2]. Fig. 4-401 Remove the transfer belt drive shaft release arm [1]. Fig. 4-402 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 144...
  • Page 281 Fig. 4-403 Fig. 4-404 Notes: Be sure to pass the harness of the image quality control unit through the harness clamp. Fig. 4-405 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 145...

  • Page 282: Image Position Aligning Sensor (Front) (S7)

    Remove the image quality control unit.  P. 4-145 "4.8.1 Image quality control unit" Disconnect the 1 connector [1], and remove the registration pass sensor [2]. Fig. 4-408 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 146...

  • Page 283: Fuser Unit

    If the lever goes down, the fuser unit has not been correctly installed. Fig. 4-410 Fig. 4-411 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 147...
  • Page 284 To avoid incorrect assembly, the fixing position of the bracket differs between the fuser units for 45ppm/50ppm and 25ppm/ 30ppm/35ppm. 45ppm/50ppm Fig. 4-413 25ppm/30ppm/35ppm Fig. 4-414 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 148...

  • Page 285: Front Side Cover

    Fig. 4-416 4.9.4 Separation finger Remove the fuser unit.  P. 4-147 "4.9.1 Fuser unit" Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-417 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 149...
  • Page 286 Remove 2 screws, and then take off the separation finger [1] and springs [2]. Notes: Be careful not to pull springs out too far. Fig. 4-419 Fig. 4-420 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 150...

  • Page 287: Separation Guide

    Remove the fuser unit.  P. 4-147 "4.9.1 Fuser unit" Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-422 Release the latch [1], and take off the sensor cover [2]. Fig. 4-423 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 151...

  • Page 288: Paper Exit Guide

    Release the exit sensor.  P. 4-151 "4.9.6 Exit sensor (S13)" Remove the harness holder [1]. Release the harness from the harness guide. Fig. 4-426 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 152...

  • Page 289: Fuser Belt

     P. 4-152 "4.9.7 Paper exit guide" Release the stopper [1] and remove the harness holder [2] by sliding it to the rear side. Fig. 4-429 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 153...
  • Page 290 When removing, check that the pressure roller contact/release cam [3] is located at the release position, and also that the fuser belt and pressure roller are released [4]. Fig. 4-432 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 154...
  • Page 291 (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft [1] and the points [2] where the shaft [1] and the bracket contact. Fig. 4-433 Release position Fig. 4-434 Contact position Fig. 4-435 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 155...
  • Page 292 (10) Remove the harness guide [2]. (11) Release the harness from the harness guide [2]. Fig. 4-437 (12) Remove the harness from the harness clamp [4]. Fig. 4-438 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 156...
  • Page 293 (16) Remove the fuser belt unit [1]. Fig. 4-440 (17) Remove the collar [1], bearing [2], and gear [3] from the rear side. Fig. 4-441 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 157...
  • Page 294 • When installing the fuser belt, pay attention that it is not caught with the harness. Fig. 4-444 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 158...

  • Page 295: Fuser Belt Lubricating Sheet / Fuser Belt Pad

    • Be sure to secure the 5 screws (M2.6), otherwise they come off and this will cause the damage of the fuser belt. Fig. 4-447 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 159...
  • Page 296 35ppm models and for the 45ppm/50ppm models is different. There are 2 protrusions in the center of the fuser belt pad for 45ppm/50ppm for identification. Fig. 4-450 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 160...
  • Page 297 When installing the fuser belt pad, align 5 latches with the notches of the fuser belt unit. Fig. 4-451 Remove the fuser belt lubricating sheet. Fig. 4-452 Fig. 4-453 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 161...
  • Page 298 When reassembling, check that there is no foreign matter adhering on the fuser Fig. 4-455 belt lubricating sheet, fuser belt pad, and fuser belt pad plate. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 162...

  • Page 299: Fuser Belt Unit Center Thermistor (Thm1) / Edge Thermistor (Thm2 Side Thermistor (Thm5) / Thermostat (Thmo1)

    The right-hand figure shows the 45ppm/ Fig. 4-457 50ppm models. Notes: “50” is marked on the fuser belt unit for 45ppm/50ppm for identification. Fig. 4-458 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 163...

  • Page 300: Pressure Roller

    (Molykote EM-30L) to the shaft [1] and the point [2] where the shaft [1] and the bracket contact. Fig. 4-460 Remove 2 screws from the rear side. Fig. 4-461 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 164...
  • Page 301 Remove 2 screws from the front side, and take off the pressure roller [1]. Fig. 4-462 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 165...
  • Page 302 Fig. 4-463 Fig. 4-464 Fig. 4-465 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 166...

  • Page 303: Ih-Coil

    Fig. 4-468 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 167...
  • Page 304 Pull out 2 harnesses from the front side. Fig. 4-469 Pull out 2 harnesses from the IH-COIL side. Fig. 4-470 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 168...
  • Page 305 Remove 1 screw and take off the stopper [3]. Fig. 4-471 Notes: When the IH coil is installed, put its hook on the back side of the stopper. Fig. 4-472 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 169...
  • Page 306 The IH coil differs between the 25ppm/ 30ppm/35ppm and 45ppm/50pm models. To identify the IH coil for 45ppm/50ppm, "H" is marked at the last digit as shown below. Fig. 4-474 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 170...

  • Page 307: Fuser Belt Rotation Detection Sensor (S27)

    Disconnect the 1 connector [2], and remove the fuser belt rotation detection sensor [3]. Fig. 4-475 Notes: When installing, attach the mold projection [1] to the frame. Fig. 4-476 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 171...

  • Page 308: Pressure Roller Contact/Release Detection Sensor 1 (S28)

    Remove 1 screw, and take off the plate [1]. Disconnect the 1 connector [2], and remove the pressure roller contact/release detection sensor 2 [3]. Fig. 4-479 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 172...

  • Page 309: Fuser Motor (M4)

    Fig. 4-481 Release the harness from harness clamps, and disconnect 2 connectors [1]. Remove 3 screws, and take off the fuser drive unit [2]. Fig. 4-482 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 173...
  • Page 310 [1], bushing [2], gear [3], and pin. Notes: For 45/50ppm models, the bushing [2] is replaced with the bearing, and the color of gear [3] is white. Fig. 4-485 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 174...
  • Page 311 When installing the one-way clutch [3], align the direction of the arrow shown on the one- way clutch [3] with that on the plate. Fig. 4-488 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 175...

  • Page 312: Pressure Roller Contact/Release Motor (M13)

    Fig. 4-490 4.9.18 Pressure roller contact/release motor (M13) Remove the fuser drive unit.  P. 4-173 "4.9.17 Fuser drive unit" Remove the spring [1]. Fig. 4-491 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 176...
  • Page 313 Fig. 4-492 Remove 2 screws and take off the bracket [1], bushing [2], gear [3], and pin. Fig. 4-493 Remove the gear [1]. Fig. 4-494 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 177...

  • Page 314: Ih Board Cooling Fan (F6)

    Release the harness from harness clamps, remove 2 screws and take off the plate [1]. Fig. 4-496 Remove the flat cable cover [1]. Fig. 4-497 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 178...
  • Page 315 [1]. Fig. 4-499 Remove 5 screws and take off the LGC board case [1]. Notes: Hold the LGC board case and remove it. Fig. 4-500 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 179...
  • Page 316 Disconnect the 1 connector [1], and release the harness from the harness clamp. Fig. 4-502 (10) Remove 2 screws and take off the IH board cooling fan [1]. Fig. 4-503 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 180...

  • Page 317: Reverse Unit

    Remove 1 screw, and take off the inner cover [1]. Fig. 4-504 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-505 Disconnect the 1 connector [1], and remove the switch unit [2]. Fig. 4-506 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 181...
  • Page 318 Slide the reverse unit [1] to the rear side [3], release the front side insertion and pull out the reverse unit [4] by tilting it. Fig. 4-509 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 182...

  • Page 319: Paper Exit Unit

    Fig. 4-512 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 183...

  • Page 320: Lower Paper Exit Roller

    Fig. 4-513 Fig. 4-514 Remove the lower roller [1] and 2 springs [2] of the lower paper exit roller. Fig. 4-515 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 184...

  • Page 321: Reverse Motor (M5)

    [1]. Fig. 4-517 Disconnect the 1 connector [1], remove 2 screws, and take off the reverse motor [2]. Fig. 4-518 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 185...

  • Page 322: Reverse Gate Solenoid (Sol2)

    Remove 2 screws and take off the cover [1]. Fig. 4-519 Remove the harness from the harness guide. Remove the 1 spring [1]. Fig. 4-520 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 186...

  • Page 323: Upper Paper Exit Roller

    Upper paper exit roller Remove the reverse motor unit.  P. 4-185 "4.10.4 Reverse motor (M5)" Remove 2 screws and take off the cover [1]. Fig. 4-523 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 187...
  • Page 324 Remove the 1 gear [1], 1 clip [2], and 2 bushings [3], then take off the upper paper exit roller [4]. Fig. 4-525 Fig. 4-526 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 188...

  • Page 325: Reverse Roller

    Remove the front right cover.  P. 4-5 "4.1.12 Front right cover" Remove 2 screws and disconnect the 1 connector [1], and take off the duct [2]. Fig. 4-529 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 189...
  • Page 326 Release the latch, and then remove the exit section cooling fan [1]. Fig. 4-530 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 190...
  • Page 327 After removing the wire end bracket, hang it on the hook of the frame so that the spring of the wire does not come off. Fig. 4-533 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 191...
  • Page 328 Fig. 4-535 Notes: When installing the automatic duplexing unit, fit the boss to the hole in the front hinge. Fig. 4-536 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 192...

  • Page 329: Bypass Feed Clutch (Clt3)

    [2] and 1 bushing [3], and take off the bypass feed clutch [4]. Fig. 4-538 Notes: When installing the bypass feed clutch, attach the stopper to the projection. Fig. 4-539 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 193...

  • Page 330: Transport Unit

    Remove 7 screws and take off the rear bracket [1] of the transport unit. Fig. 4-541 Remove 1 screw and take off the stopper [1]. Fig. 4-542 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 194...
  • Page 331 [2], spring [3], paper guide (lower) [4], and paper guide (upper) [5]. Fig. 4-544 Remove 2 screws and take off the paper guide (middle) [1]. Fig. 4-545 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 195...

  • Page 332: Adu Guide Assembly

    (ADU)" Remove 2 screws and take off the cover [1]. Fig. 4-546 Remove 6 screws. Fig. 4-547 Remove 1 screw for earth wire. Fig. 4-548 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 196...

  • Page 333: Adu Middle Cover

     P. 4-196 "4.11.4 ADU guide assembly" Remove 4 screws, and take off the ADU upper cover [1]. Fig. 4-550 Disconnect the 2 connectors [1]. Fig. 4-551 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 197...
  • Page 334 Remove 3 screws, and take off the ADU middle cover [1]. Fig. 4-553 Notes: When installing the ADU middle cover, align the transfer unit boss with the groove. Fig. 4-554 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 198...

  • Page 335: Adu Control Pc Board (Adu Board) (Adu)

    Fig. 4-555 Disconnect the 3 connectors [1]. Fig. 4-556 Remove 2 screws, and take off the ADU control PC board (ADU board) [1]. Fig. 4-557 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 199...

  • Page 336: Adu Motor (M12)

    Remove 3 screws, disconnect the 1 connector [1], and take off the ADU motor assembly [2]. Fig. 4-559 Remove 2 screws, and take off the ADU motor [1]. Fig. 4-560 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 200...

  • Page 337: Adu Entrance Sensor (S14)

     P. 4-196 "4.11.4 ADU guide assembly" Disconnect the 1 connector [1], release the latch, and take off the ADU exit sensor [2]. Fig. 4-562 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 201...

  • Page 338: Transport Roller (Upper And Lower)

    • Grease might run out before the machine refreshment depending on frequency of use, apply an appropriate amount of grease as necessary. Fig. 4-565 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 202...

  • Page 339: Reverse Sensor (S26)

    Remove 2 screws and take off the side cover interlock switch cover [1]. Fig. 4-567 Release the latches and take off the side cover interlock switch [1]. Disconnect 2 connectors [2]. Fig. 4-568 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 203...

  • Page 340: Fuser Section Cooling Fan 1 (F4)

    Remove the ADU guide assembly.  P. 4-196 "4.11.4 ADU guide assembly" Remove 4 screws and take off the ADU front cover [1]. Fig. 4-571 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 204...
  • Page 341 Disconnect the 1 connector [1], and release 2 latches, and take off the fuser section cooling fan 2 [2]. Fig. 4-572 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 205...

  • Page 342: Mr-3025 (Reversing Automatic Document Feeder)

    Disconnect the power cable. Remove the connector cover. Fig. 4-573 Disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 4-574 Remove 1 screw and take off the bracket. Fig. 4-575 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 206...
  • Page 343 Remove 1 screw and 1 washer. Fig. 4-576 Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-577 Remove 2 screws. Fig. 4-578 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 207...

  • Page 344: Kd-1032 (Paper Feed Pedestal)

    Disconnect the power cable. Remove 5 screws and take off the cover. Fig. 4-580 Remove 1 screw and take off the harness holder. Fig. 4-581 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 208...
  • Page 345 Disconnect the connector and ground cable. [1] Damp heater harness [2] Signal harness Fig. 4-582 Install the cover. Fig. 4-583 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 209...
  • Page 346 Remove 3 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the rear side. Fig. 4-584 Pull out the drawer. Fig. 4-585 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 210...
  • Page 347 (10) Remove 3 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the front side. Fig. 4-586 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 211...

  • Page 348: Kd-1031 (Large Capacity Feeder)

    Turn the main power switch of the equipment off. Disconnect the power cable. Remove 5 screws and take off the cover. Fig. 4-588 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 212...
  • Page 349 Remove 1 screw and take off the harness holder. Fig. 4-589 Disconnect the connector and ground cable. [1] Damp heater harness [2] Signal harness Fig. 4-590 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 213...
  • Page 350 Install the cover. Fig. 4-591 Remove 3 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the rear side. Fig. 4-592 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 214...
  • Page 351 Pull out the drawer. Fig. 4-593 (10) Pull out the large capacity feeder drawer. Fig. 4-594 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 215...
  • Page 352 (11) Remove 4 screws and take off 2 fixing brackets on the front side. Fig. 4-595 (12) Lift the equipment up and remove the large capacity feeder. Fig. 4-596 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 216...

  • Page 353: Kn-2550 (Bridge Kit)

    Remove 1 screw and take off the connector cover. Fig. 4-597 Disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 4-598 Remove 1 screw and take off the front cover of the bridge kit. Fig. 4-599 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 217...
  • Page 354 (10) Lift the bridge kit up to pull out the hook, and pull the bridge kit toward the front side to remove it. Fig. 4-602 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 218...

  • Page 355: Mj-1036 (Inner Finisher)

    Turn the main power switch of the equipment off. Disconnect the power cable. Remove the connector cover. Fig. 4-603 Disconnect the connector. Fig. 4-604 Open the finisher cover. Fig. 4-605 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 219...
  • Page 356 Press the button to release the lock. Pull out the finisher. Fig. 4-606 Remove 1 screw and take off 1 bracket. Fig. 4-607 Install the finisher inside the equipment. Fig. 4-608 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 220...
  • Page 357 (10) Remove 3 screws and take off the cover. Fig. 4-609 (11) Remove 1 screw. Fig. 4-610 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 221...

  • Page 358: Mj-1108 (Saddle Stitch Finisher)

    Turn the main power switch of the equipment off. Disconnect the power cable. Remove the connector cover. Fig. 4-612 Disconnect the connector. Fig. 4-613 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 222...
  • Page 359 Remove 1 screw and pull out the lever. Fig. 4-614 Attach the caster (front side) with 2 screws and fix it. Fig. 4-615 Remove the finisher. Fig. 4-616 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 223...

  • Page 360: Mj-1107 (Finisher)

    Disconnect the power cable. Remove the connector cover. Fig. 4-617 Disconnect the connector. Fig. 4-618 Remove 1 screw and take off the bracket. Fig. 4-619 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 224...

  • Page 361: Mj-6104 (Hole Punch Unit)

    Disconnect the power cable. Take off the connector cover and disconnect the connector. Fig. 4-621 Take off the cover of the hole punch unit lower side. Fig. 4-622 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 225...
  • Page 362 Be careful not to fell the finisher when moving only the finisher unit. Fig. 4-624 Remove 2 screws and take off the connector cover. Fig. 4-625 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 226...
  • Page 363 (10) Take off the cover of the hole punch unit lower side. Fig. 4-627 (11) Remove 2 screws. Lift up the hole punch unit and take it off. Fig. 4-628 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 227...

  • Page 364: Mj-5006 (Job Separator)

    Remove 5 screws and take off the right rear cover.  P. 4-4 "4.1.10 Right rear cover" Remove 1 screw and take off the connector cover. Fig. 4-630 Disconnect 1 connector. Fig. 4-631 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 228...
  • Page 365 Remove 2 screws and take off the job separator. Fig. 4-632 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 229...
  • Page 366 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved DISASSEMBLY AND REPLACEMENT 4 - 230...

  • Page 367: Self-Diagnostic Mode

    [POWER] mode + [POWER] service password. OFF/ON SRAM data [5] + [9] Backs up the SRAM data to USB device. [POWER] cloning mode + [POWER] OFF/ON © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 1...
  • Page 368 Button Check menu. • Test mode (03) Refer to  P. 5-8 "5.3 Input check (Test mode 03)" and  P. 5-9 "5.4 Output check (test mode 03)". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 2...
  • Page 369 Refer to  P. 11-1 "11. FIRMWARE UPDATING". • Password reset mode (489) This mode resets the administrator password and service password. The user data is erased when resetting the passwords. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 3...
  • Page 370 Operation procedure [4][8][9] (Operation started) [POWER] OFF/ON [POWER] (Exit) • SRAM data cloning mode (59) Refer to  P. 12-1 "12.1 Data Cloning". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 4...

  • Page 371: Service Ui

    [ 1 ] In the normal mode Turn the power ON. Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button. With the [USER FUNCTIONS] menu displayed, enter the Service Mode password provided during product training. Fig.5-2 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 5...
  • Page 372 Note that the user data are deleted at that time. Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button. Enter the password for Service UI on the USER FUNCTIONS screen. The SERVICE MODE screen is displayed. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 6...

  • Page 373: Service Mode] Screen

    Press the [SETTINGS] button on the SERVICE MODE screen to display the SETTINGS screen. Fig.5-4 Press the [SERVICE PASSWORD] button to change the service password, or [RESET ADMIN PASSWORD] to reset the administrator password. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 7...

  • Page 374: Input Check (Test Mode 03)

    Refer to "15. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE (03/04/05/08 CODE)" in this manual for the items to be checked and the condition of the equipment when the buttons [A] to [H] are highlighted. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 8...

  • Page 375: Output Check (Test Mode 03)

    Procedure 4 [0][3] [POWER] OFF [START] (Code) [POWER] Refer to "15. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE (03/04/05/08 CODE)" in this manual for the codes available in the test mode 03. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 9...

  • Page 376: Test Print Mode (Test Mode 04)

    During test printing, the [CLEAR] button is disabled when “Wait adding toner” is displayed. Refer to "15. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE (03/04/05/08 CODE)" in this manual for the codes available in the test print mode. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 10...

  • Page 377: Operation Procedure In Adjustment Mode (05)

    *[CANCEL] or [CLEAR] * When the automatic adjustment ends abnormally, an error message is displayed. * Return to standby screen by pressing the [CANCEL] or [CLEAR] button. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 11...
  • Page 378 Manual [0][5] [START] [Digital key] OFF/ON adjustment (Code) [POWER] (Key in a value) [START] [INTERRUPT] (Exit) (Stores value in RAM) (Test copy) [CLEAR] (Corrects value) [CANCEL] e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 12...
  • Page 379 In that case, turn ON the power normally, leave the equipment for approx. 3 minutes after it has become ready state and then start up the adjustment mode again. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C...

  • Page 380: Test Print Pattern In Adjustment Mode (05)

    Printer gamma correction table Refer to 6.3.1Automatic gamma adjustment confirmation pattern (Recycled paper) Printer gamma correction table creation Refer to 6.3.1Automatic gamma adjustment pattern (Thick paper 1) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 14...
  • Page 381 1) Grid pattern - 1 (Full color / Thick paper 1) Grid pattern - 1 (Black / Thick paper 1) Color deviation confirmation pattern (A3/ © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 15...
  • Page 382 Refer to 6.3.1Automatic gamma adjustment (Recycled paper / PS / 1200dpi) Copier gamma adjustment pattern Refer to 6.3.1Automatic gamma adjustment (Thick paper 1 / PS / 1200dpi) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 16...
  • Page 383 Copier gamma confirmation pattern Refer to 6.3.1Automatic gamma adjustment (Thin paper / PS / 1200dpi) Grid pattern -2 (For printing K(4) / Plain paper / Low temperatures) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 17...

  • Page 384: Operation Procedure In Setting Mode (08)

    * Press [FUNCTION CLEAR] to enter minus (-). Procedure 5 [CANCEL] [OK] [0][8] [Digital key] [POWER] OFF/ON [START] [Digital key] [POWER] (Code) (Exit) Sets or [INTERRUPT] (Stores value in RAM) changes value e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 18...
  • Page 385 Procedure 14 [CANCEL] [OK] [0][8] [Digital key] [Digital key] [POWER] [START] [START] [POWER] (Code) (Sub-code) OFF/ON [INTERRUPT] (Exit) Adjustment value [CLEAR] cannot be changed (Corrects value) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 19...

  • Page 386: Assist Mode (3C)

    Do not use this function since it is not normally necessary. HDD data must be installed after performing this function. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 20...
  • Page 387 This overwriting method is more secure than LOW. The erasing time is between LOW and HIGH. 3: HIGH This is the most secure overwriting method. It takes the longest time to erase data. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 21...
  • Page 388 Therefore, its password is copied to the SRAM board so that both passwords become the same with this function. The setting is enabled when the equipment is started up in the normal mode after performing this function. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 22...

  • Page 389: Hdd Assist Mode (4C)

    Current HDD type: ADI HDD Update Mode : 4c Mode Select number (1-2) and press START key 1. Revert factory initial status HDD 2. Remove key Fig.5-7 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 23...
  • Page 390 Select this to dispose of the ADI-HDD as well as the equipment. When this item is selected, all data in the HDD are deleted and the HDD is reverted to its initial status at the factory shipment. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 24...
  • Page 391 Select this to reuse the ADI-HDD as well as the equipment. When this item is selected, image data in the HDD are deleted. This operation requires approx. 20 minutes since the partition must be rebuilt. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 392 Data in the HDD has been erased. Press SoftPower Key to Switch Off Fig.5-13 Note: After this operation, the equipment becomes reusable without reinstalling the firmware. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 26...

  • Page 393: File System Recovery Mode (5C)

    7. HDD Utility Fig.5-14 Remark: When the mode is started, "1. Check F/S" is selected by default. (">" is displayed on the left of the selected number.) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 27...
  • Page 394 2: Recovers root partition only. • 3-8: Recovers each partition shown above. Note: More than one partition can be selected. (">" is displayed on the left of the selected number.) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 28...
  • Page 395 [D] Initialize the DB (Initialize DB) In case that particular service calls occur or there is a possibility of damage to the databases, each one can be initialized. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 29...
  • Page 396 Notes: The values of NAV and Worst should be treated as a rough reference since their basis may differ depending on the specification of HDD manufacturers. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 30...
  • Page 397 The disk information of a partition indicated as "Encrypted Partition" is not displayed as it is encrypted. [G] Initialization of log file (HDD Utility) Normally it is not necessary to use this menu. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 31...

  • Page 398: Sram Clear Mode (6C)

    Key in the serial number of this equipment and then press [OK] to determine the setting. • Items 1 and 2 can be canceled while 0 and 3 cannot. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 32...
  • Page 399 After selecting this, initialize SRAM following its replacement procedure. Refer to  P. 9-26 "9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM board (for the SYS board)". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 33...

  • Page 400: List Print Mode (9S)

    The buttons on the control panel keep blinking while data are being stored in the USB device. Do not disconnect the USB device while data are being stored. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 34...

  • Page 401: List Printing

    (05) adjustment value difference (08) setting value difference Output all CSV files 300 * *: (05) adjustment value difference and (08) setting value difference are not output. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 35...
  • Page 402 The selected adjustment codes and the current adjustment value for each code are output in a list. See the following page for the adjustment code (05): Refer to "15. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE (03/04/05/08 CODE)" - "Adjustment Code (05)." e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 36...
  • Page 403 The selected setting codes and the current setting value for each code are output in a list. See the following page for the setting code (08): Refer to "15. SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE (03/04/05/08 CODE)" - "Setting Code (08)" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 404 PM units. Use this list for confirming the PM units to be replaced at each PM. See the following page for PM:  P. 7-1 "7. PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)" e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 38...
  • Page 405 Fig.5-26 Pixel counter data (toner cartridge reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel counter:  P. 5-48 "5.14 Pixel counter" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 39...
  • Page 406 Fig.5-27 Pixel counter data (service call reference) are output in a list. See the following page for the pixel counter:  P. 5-48 "5.14 Pixel counter" e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 40...

  • Page 407: Error History

    000 000 0000_0000_0000_0_0000000000 Fig.5-28 The error history is output. See the following page for the parameters for each error:  P. 8-34 "8.2.4 Printer function error" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 41...
  • Page 408 Printer counter data (full color) when firmware was updated LIST List print counter data when firmware was updated Fax print counter data when firmware was updated STATUS Result of update e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 42...
  • Page 409 Whether the power was turned ON or OFF, or if it was turned ON or OFF with a remote reset function TOTAL Total counter data when the power was turned OFF and then back ON © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 43...
  • Page 410 Some of the characters in the fonts that are used to print the version list are not supported. As a result, the language names under LANGUAGE VERSION may not be printed correctly when printing the version list. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 44...
  • Page 411 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 4624 Fig.5-32 The log of engine firmware is output. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 45...
  • Page 412 FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL SMALL LARGE TOTAL NETWORK FULL COLOR TWIN/MONO COLOR BLACK TOTAL SMALL LARGE TOTAL Fig.5-33 The list of total counter is output. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 46...
  • Page 413 (08) setting values is output. "*" is output on the left side of code if there is a difference, and "+" is output on the left side of code if there is no backed up value. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C...

  • Page 414: Pixel Counter

    Also there are other factors in addition to the above, such as environment, individual difference of equipment, difference in lot quality of materials, toner density and drum surface potential. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 48...
  • Page 415 Service technician reference This is a system that accumulates data between clearing the counter of the service technician reference by service technician and subsequently clearing the same counter. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 49...
  • Page 416 The value is displayed for printing just before the pixel counter is confirmed. • Type of calculated data Since this is multifunctional and color equipment, the data of pixel count is calculated for each function and color. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 50...
  • Page 417 In this case, the replacement cycle of toner cartridge is faster than the standard number of output pages. Therefore, this trend needs to be grasped for the service. The relation between pixel count and number of output pages per cartridge is as follows: © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE...
  • Page 418 “Displayed” is selected with the code above and the power is, as usual, turned ON. (The displayed buttons are depending on the setting of 08-6505.) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 52...
  • Page 419 [SERVICE (COLOR)] button: Information screen of service technician reference (full color) is displayed. [SERVICE (BLACK)] button: Information screen of service technician reference (black) is displayed. The following screen is displayed when pressing the [TONER CARTRIDGE] button. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 53...
  • Page 420 The following screen is displayed when pressing the [SERVICE (COLOR)] button. Fig.5-6 Information screen of service technician reference (full color) The following screen is displayed when pressing the [SERVICE (BLACK)] button. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 54...
  • Page 421 Fig.5-7 Information screen of service technician reference (black) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 55...
  • Page 422 Print Count[LT/A4] 10 20080208 Average Pixel Count[%] 6.15 3.86 23.25 5.74 11 20080208 Latest Pixel Count[%] 7.32 2.19 6.25 2.19 Fig.5-8 Data list of toner cartridge reference e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 56...
  • Page 423 16 20080208 K Average Pixel Count[%] 7.36 4.06 23.25 6.45 17 20080208 K Latest Pixel Count[%] 7.32 2.19 6.25 2.19 Fig.5-9 Data list of service technician reference © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 57...
  • Page 424 6594 6595 6596 6603 Latest pixel count 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6617 Print count 6561 function (page) Average pixel count 6604 Latest pixel count 6618 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 58...
  • Page 425 The toner cartridge reference cleared date is displayed. The date (08-6503 was performed) is stored. 08-6511: Toner cartridge Y 08-6512: Toner cartridge M 08-6513: Toner cartridge C 08-6514: Toner cartridge K © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 59...
  • Page 426 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SELF-DIAGNOSTIC MODE 5 - 60...

  • Page 427: Setting / Adjustment

    *5: For 600 dpi. Use [70] + [FAX] test pattern. *6: For 1200 dpi. Use [230] + [FAX] test pattern. *7: Adjustment can be done only for enlarging image. Fig.6-1 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 1...

  • Page 428: Adjustment Of The Auto-Toner Sensor

    ( B ) : Current sensor voltage ( V ) ( C ) : Adjustment value, Humidity (%) ( A ) : Target value ( V ) for adjustment reference voltage Fig.6-4 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 2...
  • Page 429 1.Replace the waste toner box with a new one and close the front cover. 2.Key in [4833] (Recovery from toner empty/waste toner full). 3.Check that “WAIT” is displayed. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 430: Performing Image Quality Control

    2. Key in [4833] (Recovery from toner empty/waste toner full). 3. Check that “WAIT” is displayed. <Other abnormalities> Take the appropriate action described in Troubleshooting.  P. 8-1 "8. ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING" e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 4...

  • Page 431: Adjustment Of Color Registration Control

    2. Key in [4833] (Recovery from toner empty/waste toner full). 3. Check that “WAIT” is displayed. <Other abnormalities> Take the appropriate action described in Troubleshooting.  P. 8-1 "8. ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 5...

  • Page 432: Image Dimensional Adjustment

    (PPC) adjustment Reproduction ratio adjustment of primary scanning 7001*1 in the copy/ direction (PRT/FAX) printer/fax function *1: Adjustment can be done only for enlarging image. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 6...
  • Page 433 If the test copy does not satisfy the specified values, 100% return to step 1 and repeat the adjustment COPYING procedure. Power OFF/ON : Exit the Adjustment Mode. Fig.6-6 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 7...

  • Page 434: Paper Alignment At The Registration Roller

    Paper alignment at the registration roller can be adjusted in the following procedure by performing the code 05-4579. 1. Select the drawer. Fig.6-7 2. Select the paper size. Fig.6-8 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 8...
  • Page 435 4. Key in the adjustment value. Fig.6-10 5. Press the [OK] button to finish the adjustment. * Press the [FUNCTION CLEAR] or [CANCEL] button to return to the previous menu. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 9...
  • Page 436 Thick paper 2: 164 to 209 g/m2 (61 lb. Cover to 77.3 lb. Cover (115.7 lb. Index)) Thick paper 3: 210 to 256 g/m2 (140 lb. Index) Thick paper 4: 257 to 280 g/m2 (150 lb. Index) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 10...
  • Page 437 (Transfer belt paper-clinging jam), or E013 (The paper jam occurred between the registration pass sensor and the paper clinging detection sensor) may occur. Pay attention to the above and select the appropriate value. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 438: Image Dimensional Adjustment At The Printing Section

     P. 6-15 "[C] Secondary scanning data writing start position" 52 ± 0.5mm  P. 6-16 "[D] Primary scanning data writing start position at duplexing" 52 ± 0.5mm e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 12...
  • Page 439 * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance A becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/ step). Notes: Make sure the first line of the grid pattern is printed out since the line is occasionally vanished. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 13...
  • Page 440 For A3/LD, it is recommended to adjust the distance B above within the range of 199.5 mm and 200 mm otherwise the margin of the trailing edge may be deleted. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 14...
  • Page 441 → [FAX] → (A grid pattern is printed out.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance C becomes (approx. 0.10 mm/ step). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 15...
  • Page 442 → Press [3] → [FAX] → (A grid pattern is printed out.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance D becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/ step). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 16...
  • Page 443 05-4560 (4th drawer, A4/LT) 05-4061 (Bypass feed, A4/LT) 05-4062 (Duplexing, A3/LD) → 05-4019-0 (2nd drawer, A3/LD), 52±0.5 mm (0.04 mm/step) 05-4019-1 (1st drawer, A4/LT) 05-4019-2 (A4-R/LT-R) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 17...

  • Page 444: Image Dimensional Adjustment At The Scanning Section

    In case of A: Tighten the mirror-3 adjustment screw (Rear) [1] (CW). In case of B: Loosen the mirror-3 adjustment screw (Rear) [1] (CCW). Fig.6-14 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 18...
  • Page 445 → (Key in a value (acceptable values: 0 to 255)) → [OK] or [INTERRUPT] (Stored in memory) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance C becomes (approx. 0.03 mm/ step). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 19...
  • Page 446 → (Key in a value (acceptable values: 67 to 189)) → [OK] or [INTERRUPT] (Stored in memory) * The larger the adjustment value is, the longer the distance D becomes (approx. 0.08 mm/ step). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 20...
  • Page 447 “in the plus direction” in order to prevent paper jamming. Range of top margin adjustment (e.g.) Function Black Color Copy 4.2 - 7.0 mm 5.0 - 7.0 mm © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 21...
  • Page 448 → (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the right side becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig.6-17 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 22...
  • Page 449 → (“100% A” is displayed.) * The larger the adjustment value is, the wider the blank area at the trailing edge becomes (approx. 0.04 mm/step). Feeding direction Fig.6-18 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 23...
  • Page 450 [0] [5] [Power ON] → (Chart TCC-1/TCC-2) → [FAX] → [START] (A3/LD, 100%, Full color and Text/Photo) B: 05-3030 → 5±0.5 mm (0.04 mm/step) C: 05-3032 → 150±0.5 mm (0.03 mm/step) D: 05-3031 → 10±0.5 mm (0.08 mm/step) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 24...
  • Page 451 : For checking reproduction of text [13] Thin lines : For checking reproduction of the thin lines (line width: 100µm) [14] Note area : For recording the date, conditions, etc. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 25...

  • Page 452: Image Dimensional Adjustment In The Copy/Printer/Fax Function

    Make a test copy and check the image copied. To check the printed image, turn off the power and then back on, and then print the image. If the image is not in the desired reproduction ratio, repeat steps (2) to (4). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 26...

  • Page 453: Image Quality Adjustment (Copying Function)

    Color/black integrated When performing code 05-7871-8 Special paper 2 Color/black integrated When performing code 05-7871-9 Special paper 3 Color/black integrated When performing code 05-7871-10 Thin paper © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 27...
  • Page 454 To select the paper type for the automatic gamma adjustment in user calibration, change the code below to "1". (copy/print) Code Remarks 08-9059 0: No paper selecting buttons displayed 1: Paper selecting buttons displayed. (For both Copy and Printer) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 28...

  • Page 455: Density Adjustment

    Press the [FAX] button and then press the [START] button to make a test copy. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (5). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 456: Color Balance Adjustment

    Key in an adjustment value. (To correct the value once keyed in, press the [CLEAR] button.) Press the [OK] or [INTERRUPT] button to store the value in memory. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 30...
  • Page 457 Press the [FAX] button and then press the [START] button to make a test copy. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (7). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 458 No. TCC-1/TCC-2 chart can be used as a guide for the range of the density area influenced by the change of the adjustment value (low density, medium density, high density). Low density Medium density High density Fig.6-21 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 32...

  • Page 459: Gamma Balance Adjustment

    Be sure that this adjustment is made after performing  P. 6-27 "6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment". <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 "6.2.3 Color balance adjustment". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 33...

  • Page 460: Background Adjustment

    Make a test copy and compare the image obtained with the current settings; if necessary and make adjustment. <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-29 "6.2.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 34...

  • Page 461: Sharpness Adjustment

    You have to make adjustment by balancing between moire and sharpness. <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-29 "6.2.2 Density adjustment". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 35...

  • Page 462: Setting Range Correction

    <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-29 "6.2.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 36...

  • Page 463: Color Adjustment Of Marker

    Turn the power OFF and back ON in the normal mode. Then make a copy in the one touch adjustment “MARKER” mode. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (6). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 464: Led Emission Level Adjustment

    Others: 128 7913-6 Thick paper 4 7913-7 Special paper 1 7913-8 Special paper 2 7913-9 Special paper 3 7913-10 Thin paper 7913-11 Envelop 7913-12 OHP film e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 38...

  • Page 465: Maximum Text Density Adjustment

    • The codes for the user custom setting are enabled only when the base original mode of the user custom mode is Text/Photo. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 39...
  • Page 466 <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-29 "6.2.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 40...

  • Page 467: Black Header Density Level Adjustment

    Low density Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-30 "6.2.3 Color balance adjustment". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 41...

  • Page 468: Copy And Scan

    Black 7025 Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-29 "6.2.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 42...
  • Page 469 For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Turn ON the power of the equipment and make a copy. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 470: Maximum Density Adjustment For Each Paper Type

    Be aware that if too small a value is set, a faint image occurs. <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-29 "6.2.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 44...

  • Page 471: Color Reproduction Selection

    Press the [FAX] button and then press the [START] button to make a test copy. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (5). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 472: Hue Adjustment

    7667-5 Magenta The larger the value, the darker the red Printed image becomes. The smaller the value, the darker the blue becomes. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 46...
  • Page 473 7671-1 Yellow The larger the value, the darker the Red seal color green becomes. The smaller the value, the darker the red becomes. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 47...
  • Page 474 Press the [FAX] button and then press the [START] button to make a test copy. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (6). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 48...

  • Page 475: Saturation Adjustment

    7681-1 Yellow Red seal color 7681-2 Green Red seal color 7681-3 Cyan Red seal color 7681-4 Blue Red seal color 7681-5 Magenta Red seal color © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 49...
  • Page 476 Press the [FAX] button and then press the [START] button to make a test copy. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (6). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 50...

  • Page 477: Automatic Gamma Adjustment

    Screen switchover (for color: 08-8110, for black: 08-7310) Notes: Be sure to perform this adjustment after performing  P. 6-4 "6.1.3 Performing Image Quality Control". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 51...
  • Page 478 Thick paper 3 8004-6 Thick paper 4 8004-7 Special paper 1 8004-8 Special paper 2 8004-9 Special paper 3 8004-10 Thin paper 8008 All paper types e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 52...
  • Page 479 To select the paper type for the automatic gamma adjustment in user calibration, change the code below to "1". (copy/print) Code Remarks 08-9059 0: No paper selecting buttons displayed 1: Paper selecting buttons displayed. (For both Copy and Printer) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 53...

  • Page 480: Gamma Balance Adjustment (Black Mode)

    0: Low density 1: Medium density 2: High density/Highest density Key in the adjustment value. (To correct the value once keyed in, press the [CLEAR] button.) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 54...
  • Page 481 (low density, medium density, high density) influenced by the change of the adjustment value. density Medium density High density Fig.6-22 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 55...
  • Page 482 8272-2 Magenta 8269-0 8273-0 (1200dpi) 8269-1 8273-1 8269-2 8273-2 Cyan 8270-0 8274-0 (1200dpi) 8270-1 8274-1 8270-2 8274-2 Black 8271-0 8275-0 (1200dpi) 8271-1 8275-1 8271-2 8275-2 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 56...
  • Page 483 (low density, medium density, and high density (Refer to  P. 6-55 "Fig.6-22 "). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 484: Adjustment Of Faint Text

    Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 176) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-54 "6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment (Black Mode)". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 58...

  • Page 485: Maximum Toner Density Adjustment (Ohp)

    Acceptable values: 1 to 255 <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-54 "6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment (Black Mode)". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 59...

  • Page 486: Pureblack/Puregray" Threshold Adjustment (Twin Color Mode)

    Acceptable values: 1 to 255 <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-54 "6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment (Black Mode)". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 60...

  • Page 487: Toner Limit Threshold Adjustment

    The performance of this adjustment differs depending on the setting value of 05-7322 or 05-8102 with “ P. 6-59 "6.3.7 Fine line enhancement switchover"” as shown below. <Adjustment Mode (05)> When the value of 8102 is "0" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 61...
  • Page 488 8111-2 8112-2 8113-2 8109-2 8108-2 8118-2 image becomes. The smaller the value is, the softer the image becomes. Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 62...

  • Page 489: Thin Line Width Lower Limit Adjustment

    Acceptable values: 1 to 9 (1200dpi) (Default: 2) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 "6.3.4 Adjustment of faint text". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 63...

  • Page 490: Offsetting Adjustment For Background Processing

    1 : Reproduced with black only Acceptable values: 0 to 1 (Default: 0) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-58 "6.3.4 Adjustment of faint text". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 64...
  • Page 491 Usually, LED emission level 4 / 4 is the most effective in the black mode. • It is not applied to the images printed in the Black mode by the printer driver. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...

  • Page 492: Density Adjustment Of Graphic Lines (1200 Dpi)

    The line density adjustment codes with black (8242-0, 8243-0 and 8243-1) are in common for both the color and black modes. <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-54 "6.3.2 Gamma balance adjustment (Black Mode)". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 66...
  • Page 493 For resetting the value, repeat step (2) to (5). Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job. If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (7). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 494 → The equipment goes back to the ready state. Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning. If the desired image quality has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 68...

  • Page 495: Background Adjustment (Color Mode)

    Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job. If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 69...

  • Page 496: Background Adjustment (Black/Grayscale)

    Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 70) <Procedure>: The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-68 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 70...
  • Page 497 You have to make adjustment by balancing between moire and sharpness. <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-68 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 71...

  • Page 498: Fine Adjustment Of Black Density

    Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job. If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (1) to (5). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 72...

  • Page 499: Adjustment Of Saturation

    Black 7025 Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-68 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 73...

  • Page 500: Surrounding Void Amount Adjustment

    The setting value "1" is equal to 1 dot with 600 dpi. (The value "24" is equal to approx. 1 mm.) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-68 "6.4.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 74...

  • Page 501: Jpeg Compression Level Adjustment

    Press the [OK] or [INTERRUPT] button to store the value in memory. → The equipment goes back to the ready state. Let the equipment restart and perform the scanning job. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 502 If the desired image has not been attained, repeat step (2) to (5). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 76...
  • Page 503 Turn the power OFF. <Confirmation> If possible, perform a Fax transmission and check the adjusted density with the image on the recipient's side. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 77...
  • Page 504 The larger the value is, the darker the background density becomes. Acceptable values: 0 to 255 (Default: 128) <Procedure> The procedure is the same as that of  P. 6-29 "6.2.2 Density adjustment". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 78...
  • Page 505 [2]. Notes: Confirm that they are aligned properly through the windows [3] and [4] of the exit side frame [2]. Fig.6-25 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 79...

  • Page 506: Position Adjustment Of Ccd Lens Unit

    The scan motor [6] is pulled by the belt tension jig [1]. When it is stopped, tighten the screws in order of [4] and [5]. Remove the belt tension jig[1]. Fig.6-26 Fig.6-27 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 80...
  • Page 507  P. 6-13 "[A] Primary scanning data writing start position (Printer)"  P. 6-15 "[C] Secondary scanning data writing start position"  P. 6-16 "[D] Primary scanning data writing start position at duplexing" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 508 Move the side guide[1]. Loosen 2 screws. Fig.6-28 Fig.6-29 Move the side guide adjustment piece[1] to the front and tighten the screws (by 0.5 mm). Fig.6-30 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 82...
  • Page 509 Never move the variable resistance on the board since the output adjustment has been performed at the shipment for the high-voltage transformer supplied as a service part. Also do not perform the setting change when the high-voltage power supply is replaced. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 510 Insert the gauge "0.60" of the doctor-sleeve gap jig between the developer sleeve and the doctor blade to adjust the gap, and tighten the screws. Fig.6-32 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 84...
  • Page 511 "0.65" cannot be inserted into the gap. Fig.6-34 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 85...
  • Page 512 • To switch the contacted/released state, rotate the pressure roller contacting/releasing cam with a flathead screwdriver. Contacted Released Fig.6-35 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 86...
  • Page 513 Insert the jig into the remaining three windows on the fixing plate of the separation guide, and then adjust them in the same manner. * If the 0.3 mm jig cannot be inserted, the gap is too narrow. Adjust it again. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C SETTING / ADJUSTMENT...
  • Page 514 * If the 0.8 mm jig can be inserted, the gap is too wide. Adjust it again. Fig.6-38 [1] Window for adjustment [2] Screw e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved SETTING / ADJUSTMENT 6 - 88...

  • Page 515: Preventive Maintenance (Pm)

    Counter indicating the current number of prints and driving time 08-6194 : Current value of PM counter [process unit (K)] 08-6195 : Current value of PM time counter [process unit (K)] © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 516 08-5584 : Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [developer material (C)] 08-5585 : Switching of output pages/driving counts at PM [parts other than the PM parts of the process unit] e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 2...

  • Page 517: Pm Display Contents

    Always “0” maintenanc maintenanc maintenanc e required e required e required Maintenanc e required Y+M+C Y+M+C K+M+Y K+M+Y K+Y+C K+Y+C K+C+M K+C+M K+Y+M+C K+Y+M+C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 3...

  • Page 518: Counter Clearing

    When the current value of “DEVELOPMENT UNIT (M)” on the main screen or “MAGENTA DEVELOPER (M)” on the sub-screen in the PM support mode is cleared, the counter is reset. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 4...

  • Page 519: General Descriptions For Pm Procedure

    Service Manual if necessary. Plug in the equipment after the maintenance has been finished. Then turn ON the power and make some copies to confirm that the equipment is working properly. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 520: Pm Support Mode

    * The screen goes back to the main screen when the counter clear is performed or the [CANCEL] button is pressed after moving from the main screen, while it goes back to the sub screen after moving from the sub screen. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 6...

  • Page 521: Operational Screen

    , including all sub unit (parts) counters belonging to that unit When the unit is not selected, all counters are cleared. Displaying of the main unit name © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 7...
  • Page 522 PM standard number. Displaying of the sub unit (parts) name Moving to the clear screen to clear the selected unit (parts) counters Back to the main screen e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 8...
  • Page 523 Present driving counts” are cleared and “Previous replacement date” is updated. When the [CANCEL] button is pressed, the counter is not cleared and the display returns to the main or sub screen. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 524: Access Tree

    SEP ROLLER (1st CST.) [Separation roller] 2nd CST. PICK UP ROLLER (2nd CST.) [2nd drawer] FEED ROLLER (2nd CST.) SEP ROLLER (2nd CST.) [Separation roller] e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 10...
  • Page 525 PFP lower drawer Reset the feeding retry counter (08-6233) • Bypass unit Reset the feeding retry counter (08-6234) • Reset the feeding retry counter (08-6235) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 11...

  • Page 526: Work Flow Of Parts Replacement

    Check the drive counts of all parts at PM support mode. Replace the part. Does it exceed the specified drive count? Check the part and equipment according to the “TROUBLESHOOTING”. Fig. 7-7 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 12...

  • Page 527: Preventive Maintenance Checklist

    Be careful not to put oil on the rollers, belts and belt pulleys when lubricating. • Parts list <P-I> represents the page item in “e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C Service Parts List”. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 13...
  • Page 528 When cleaning the glass with alcohol, do so only for the stained areas because fog may appear. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 14...

  • Page 529: Led Unit

    When cleaning the LED print heads or discharge LED, wipe them with soft pad or dry cloth. Do no use vacuum cleaner since static generation may break them. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)

  • Page 530: Feed Unit

    * C6: Separation roller guide For lubrication, refer to the following.  P. 4-52 "4.5.15 1st drawer separation roller guide"  P. 4-54 "4.5.17 2nd drawer separation roller guide" e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 16...

  • Page 531: Automatic Duplexing Unit

    7.6.4 Automatic duplexing unit Fig. 7-11 For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to "Appendix" - "Preventive Maintenance Checklist". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 17...

  • Page 532: Bypass Feed Unit

    7.6.5 Bypass feed unit Fig. 7-12 For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to "Appendix" - "Preventive Maintenance Checklist". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 18...
  • Page 533 * F1: Main charger case Clean the main charger case with a cloth soaked in water and squeezed tightly, and then wipe them with a dry cloth. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 19...
  • Page 534 Use sufficiently thick cleaning cotton (dry soft pad) so as not to scratch the drum surface inadvertently with your fingertips or nails. Also, remove your rings and wristwatch before starting cleaning work to prevent accidental damage to the drum. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 20...
  • Page 535 If there is, or when the side seals put pressure to the cleaning blade, reattach the side seals on the position shown in the figure (by slightly pushing them to the direction of the arrows). Fig. 7-15 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 21...
  • Page 536 Never use water or alcohol for cleaning the transfer belt recovery blade. * G7: Drum gap spacer When replacing the drum gap spacer, apply Floil (GE-334C) on the shaft of drum gap spacer. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 22...

  • Page 537: Developer Unit (K, Y, M, And C)

    * H9: Development drive unit For lubrication, refer to the following.  P. 4-107 "4.6.29 Developer drive unit"  P. 4-120 "4.6.38 Developer drive gear" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 23...
  • Page 538 (3) Insert the cleaning jig all the way in the developer unit at a position approx. 30 mm away from the white streak. 30mm Fig. 7-18 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 24...
  • Page 539 After replacing the developer material, be sure to perform the auto-toner adjustment and then image quality control initialization.  P. 6-2 "6.1.2 Adjustment of the Auto-Toner Sensor"  P. 6-4 "6.1.3 Performing Image Quality Control" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 25...
  • Page 540 * H7: Auto-toner sensor Clean the surface of the auto-toner sensor with a cotton swab or soft cloth with sufficient alcohol filled in. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 26...

  • Page 541: Transfer Belt Unit / Transfer Belt Cleaning Unit

    * J4: TBU drive roller Clean up the toner adhering to the roller with a dry cloth. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM)
  • Page 542 Do not place the blade near a heat source. • Cleaning procedure Clean the blade edge with a cloth moistened with water and squeezed lightly. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 28...

  • Page 543: Image Quality Control Unit

    For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to "Appendix" - "Preventive Maintenance Checklist". * K2: Actuator If toner adheres to the actuator (paper contact section), clean it with a soft pad, cloth or electric vacuum cleaner. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 29...

  • Page 544: Nd Transfer Roller Unit

    * L3: 2nd transfer roller paper guide If toner adheres to the ribs of the 2nd transfer roller paper guide, clean it with a soft pad, cloth or electric vacuum cleaner. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 30...
  • Page 545  P. 4-159 "4.9.9 Fuser belt lubricating sheet / Fuser belt pad" . * M11: Drive gear For lubrication, refer to the following.  P. 4-153 "4.9.8 Fuser belt"  P. 4-164 "4.9.11 Pressure roller" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 31...

  • Page 546: Paper Exit Section / Reverse Section

    Paper exit section / Reverse section [N4] [N3] [N2] [N1] Fig. 7-25 For the items to check at the preventive maintenance, refer to "Appendix" - "Preventive Maintenance Checklist". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 32...

  • Page 547: Radf (Mr-3025)

    4-30 Intermediate transfer 3-13 roller Front read roller 3-14 Rear read roller Reverse registration 3-10 roller Exit/reverse roller 4-25 Platen sheet B or A 1-25 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 33...

  • Page 548: Pfp (Kd-1032)

    2.5 years, whichever comes first Separation roller 5-30 or every (upper/lower) 2.5 years, whichever comes first Transport roller 2-35 2-40 (tooth face) Paper guide 4-11 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 34...

  • Page 549: Lcf (Kd-1031)

    (x 1,000 Items to check Cleaning list (x 1,000 Coating check drive <P-I> sheets) counts) Pickup roller Feed roller Separation roller Drive gear (tooth face) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 35...

  • Page 550: Storage Of Supplies And Replacement Parts

    Avoid storing copy paper in places where it may be subjected to high humidity. After a package is opened, be sure to place and store it in a storage bag. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 36...
  • Page 551 23-29 Separation roller 23-30 ROL-KIT-1026 (LCF) Pick up roller Feed roller Separation roller DF-KIT-3018 (RADF) Pick up roller 5-27 Feed roller 5-27 Separation roller 4-10 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 37...

  • Page 552: Maintenance Part List

    *1: Relay PC board for download jig (PWB-DWNLD-RELAY-34F) is necessary for update. *2: Relay PC board for download jig (PWB-DWNLD-RELAY-50F) is necessary for update. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 38...
  • Page 553 9,10 12,13,14,15 16,17 Fig. 7-29 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 39...

  • Page 554: Grease List

    FLOIL (GE-334C) 20 g Bottle 101-26 Silicon oil 100 cc Bottle 101-28 * : Part list <P-I> represents the page item in “e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C Service Parts List”. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 40...

  • Page 555: Machine Refreshing Checklist

    Drum TBU drive unit Development drive unit Fuser unit drive gear Gear of registration 46-1 motor ADU transport roller 41-10 Bypass separation roller 21-24 Transfer belt * 26-14 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 41...
  • Page 556 For lubrication, refer to  P. 4-202 "4.11.10 Transport roller (Upper and lower)" . * E2: Bypass separation roller For lubrication, refer to  P. 4-40 "4.5.3 Bypass separation roller" . e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE (PM) 7 - 42...

  • Page 557: Error Code And Troubleshooting

    If a problem continues even after performing all troubleshooting and technical tips, report the problem to the appropriate Toshiba service center along with the following information. This information will help the service center understand your problem and take quick action to find the solution.

  • Page 558: Collection Of Debug Logs With A Usb Device

    When the collection of the debug logs is completed, the compressed file of the collected logs is stored in the root directory of the USB device. File name: XXXX.YYYYMMDDHHmmSS e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 2...
  • Page 559 (XXXX= Serial number of the equipment, YYYY= year, MM= month, DD= day, HH= hour, mm= minute, SS= second) After the debug logs have been collected, be sure to send them to the service center together with a report. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 3...

  • Page 560: Error Code List

    SYS board and engine firmware. E0A0 Image transport ready time-out jam: Image P. 8-65 data to be printed cannot be sent. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 4...
  • Page 561 1st drawer feed sensor): The paper does not reach the 1st drawer feed sensor after it has passed the 2nd drawer feed sensor. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 5...
  • Page 562 Bridge unit open jam: The bridge unit has P. 8-71 opened during printing. Job separator cover open jam: The Job E490 P. 8-71 separator cover has opened during printing. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 6...
  • Page 563 E580 Stop jam at the reverse section: The paper is P. 8-57 remaining at the reverse sensor. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 7...
  • Page 564 E870 RADF open jam: RADF has opened during P. 8-76 RADF operation. E871 Cover open jam in the read ready status P. 8-76 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 8...
  • Page 565 Paper transport jam (Finisher paper punching P. 8-84 edge detection sensor): The paper position sensor on the Finisher transport path detects paper shorter than the acceptable paper size. [MJ-1107/1108/MJ-6104] © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 9...
  • Page 566 Paper transport remaining jam in the Finisher P. 8-90 (sub-path sensor): Paper is detected in the sub-path sensor when the power is turned ON or the cover is closed. [MJ-1036] e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 10...
  • Page 567 [MJ-1108] EA70 Stack exit belt home position error: The stack P. 8-99 exit belt is not at the home position. [MJ-1107/ 1108] © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 11...
  • Page 568 Paper remaining on the transport path: The P. 8-59 multiple feeding of preceding paper caused the misfeeding of upcoming paper (redetection after no jam is detected at [EB50]). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 12...
  • Page 569 Rear stapling is not correctly done. [MJ-1108] EF13 Saddle paper holder home position detection P. 8-115 abnormality: The paper holder home position cannot be detected. [MJ-1108] © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 13...
  • Page 570 [MJ-1108] EF20 Saddle stacker jam: Transported paper cannot P. 8-119 be detected in the stacker. [MJ-1108] e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 14...

  • Page 571: Service Call

    C290 Scanner fuse blowout: 24V power for the P. 8-130 scanning system is not supplied at the scanner warming-up after power-ON. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 15...
  • Page 572 C551 RADF model detection error P. 8-145 C560 Communication error between Engine-CPUs P. 8-141 C580 Communication error between LGC board and P. 8-141 finisher e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 16...
  • Page 573 Circuit related Connection error between scanner CPU and P. 8-149 service call system CPU CA00 Image control color registration abnormality P. 8-183 related service call © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 17...
  • Page 574 [MJ-1036] P. 8-163 Stapler home position error: The stapler home position sensor does not work. [MJ-1107/1108] e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 18...
  • Page 575 Stack transport motor abnormality: The stack P. 8-172 transport motor is not rotating or the stack transport belt is not moving normally. [MJ- 1107/1108] © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 19...
  • Page 576 (1) The tray safety switch turned on during tray operation (moving up or down). (2) The tray operated with the tray safety switch turned on. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 20...
  • Page 577 Engine-CPU F071 Communication initialization error between P. 8-142 System-CPU and Engine-CPU F090 Circuit related SRAM abnormality on the SYS board P. 8-149 service call © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 21...
  • Page 578 F104 HDD data error: Abnormality is detected in the P. 8-221 data of HDD. F105 HDD other error P. 8-221 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 22...
  • Page 579 Data Overwrite option (GP-1070) disabled P. 8-234 F350 Circuit related SYS board abnormality P. 8-149 service call F400 SYS cooling fan abnormality P. 8-234 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 23...
  • Page 580 System firmware / System software model P. 8-237 information error - Invalid system firmware/ software is installed. F902_4 SYS board model information error P. 8-238 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 24...

  • Page 581: Error In Internet Fax / Scanning Function

    SMTP client OFF P. 8-240 1C71 SMTP authentication error P. 8-240 1C72 POP before SMTP error P. 8-240 1CC0 Job canceling 1CC1 Power failure P. 8-240 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 25...
  • Page 582 Insufficient system storage Terminal/Destination mail P. 8-241 address error (RFC: 552) 2553 Mailbox name not allowed Destination mail address error P. 8-241 (RFC: 553) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 26...
  • Page 583 Exceeding maximum number of P. 8-242 range is reached. documents 2BF2 Maximum number of folder range Exceeding maximum number of P. 8-242 is reached. folders © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 27...
  • Page 584 P. 8-243 WS Scan 2A72 Insufficient permission to access e-Filing data access privilege P. 8-243 e-Filing box using scan utility. check error (Scan Utility) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 28...
  • Page 585 POP Before SMTP POP before SMTP error P. 8-245 Authentication Failed 2CC0 Job canceled Job canceling Power failure occurred Power failure 2CC1 P. 8-245 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 29...
  • Page 586 FAX documents completed folder. properly. 2DA3 Scanned documents in shared Manual deletion of scanned folder deleted upon user’s documents completed properly. request. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 30...
  • Page 587 HDD full failure during USB P. 8-248 Insufficient Storage space. storage 2EC0 Job canceled Job canceling 2EC1 Power Failure Job Aborted Power failure in USB storage P. 8-248 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 31...
  • Page 588 This mail was deleted. 3D20 Offramp Destination limitation Offramp destination limitation P. 8-250 Error has been detected in the error received mail. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 32...
  • Page 589 File I/O Error has been occurred File I/O error P. 8-250 in this mail. The mail could not be 3F20 P. 8-250 received until File I/O is recovered. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 33...

  • Page 590: Printer Function Error

    Fax or Internet Fax jobs is given. (Fax / Internet Fax transmission permission) 4321 No privilege for print settings: No privilege to print with the specified P. 8-252 settings is given. (Print setting permission) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 34...
  • Page 591 4F10 Printing was not performed successfully due to other abnormalities. P. 8-252 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 35...

  • Page 592: Topaccess Related Error/Communication Error With External Application

    TopAccess 5C10 FAX Unit is not attached. Network FAX is disabled because P. 8-256 the FAX Unit is not attached e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 36...

  • Page 593: Mfp Access Error

    Role Base Access Control Access Control (LDAP) Server: User authentication for print job cannot be done because connection to an external RBAC server has failed. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 37...
  • Page 594 TopAccess screen 6121 SecureErase fails Automatic Secure Erase failure P. 8-259 6131 SNTP server synchronization Synchronization with the SNTP P. 8-259 failure server failed. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 38...

  • Page 595: Maintenance Error

    71B7 Failed to update Saddle ROM Saddle firmware installation P. 8-263 failure 71B9 Failed to update Punch ROM Punch firmware installation P. 8-263 failure © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 39...

  • Page 596: Network Error

    Ipsec error for ikev2 if key info is P. 8-268 8040 invalid 8041 CA not trusted Ipsec error for ikev2 if CA is not P. 8-268 trusted e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 40...
  • Page 597 Domain - Server not present in P. 8-272 Network Network 8124 Domain - User account is Domain - User account is P. 8-272 disabled on Server disabled on Server © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 41...
  • Page 598 Verification of the Ticket has failed failed 812B Active Directory Domain-The Active Directory Domain-The P. 8-273 Domain specified could not be Domain specified could not be found found e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 42...

  • Page 599: Error History

    Color mode 0: Auto color 1: Full color 2: Black 3: Unused 4: Twin color copy 5: Gray scale 6: Unused 7: Image smoothing © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 43...
  • Page 600 N: Special paper 3/ reverse O: Special paper 3/ reverse P: Envelope/ reverse Z: Unused RADF size mixed 0: Unused 1: Size mixed 2: Single-size document Workflow ID: 10-digit ID e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 44...

  • Page 601: Check Item

    Clean the separation finger. finger in the Fuser Unit. Check if the fingers or springs of the separation finger are securely attached. Replace the separation finger. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 45...
  • Page 602 Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Separation finger of the fuser unit Transfer belt Transfer belt unit Exit sensor LGC board DRV board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 46...
  • Page 603 Connector check (CN356, CN355) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Separation finger of the fuser unit Reverse gate solenoid Exit sensor LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 47...

  • Page 604: Paper Misfeeding

    LGC board • Board check • Connector check (CN361, CN362) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Bypass feed clutch Feed sensor DRV board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 48...
  • Page 605 Clutch check (Perform the output check: 03-202) • Harness check • Connector check (J1084, CN453) DRV board • Board check • Connector check (CN462, CN450, CN451) • Harness check © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 49...
  • Page 606 [E160] PFP lower drawer misfeeding (paper not reaching the PFP lower drawer feed sensor) Classification Error content Paper transport jam PFP lower drawer misfeeding (paper not reaching the PFP lower drawer feed sensor) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 50...
  • Page 607 Replace it if it is worn out. Separation roller Replace it if it is worn out. Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 51...

  • Page 608: Paper Transport Jam

    1st drawer feed clutch 2nd drawer feed clutch Bypass feed clutch Transport clutch (H)/(L) DRV board LGC board Feed roller Replace it if it is worn out. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 52...
  • Page 609 Replace it if it is worn out. Pickup roller Replace it if it is worn out. Transport roller Replace it if it is worn out. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 53...
  • Page 610 Connector check (CN241, CN247) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark PFP lower drawer feed sensor PFP transport clutches LGC board PFP board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 54...
  • Page 611 Roller check (attrition, deformation, deterioration) Parts to be replaced Remark Reverse sensor ADU entrance sensor Reverse motor LGC board ADU board Reverse roller Upper exit roller © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 55...
  • Page 612 Connector check (J1010, J1118, CN351) • Harness check LGC board • Connector check (CN353, CN390) • Harness check • Board check Reverse roller Roller check (attrition, deformation, deterioration) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 56...
  • Page 613 Paper remaining on the transport path due to multiple feeding When the paper is fed from any of the 1st drawer, bypass feed unit or ADU: (When the paper is fed from the 1st drawer:) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 614 • Connector check (CN390, CN361, CN362) • Harness check ADU board • Board check • Connector check (J1064, CN420, CN421, CN422) • Harness check e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 58...
  • Page 615 Paper transport jam Check item Measures Registration sensor • Sensor check (Perform the input check: 03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[A]) • Connector check (CN462, J1114, J1077) • Harness check © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 59...
  • Page 616 Gear check • Roller check Parts to be replaced Remark Registration sensor DRV board LGC board Rollers Replace it if it is worn out. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 60...

  • Page 617: Other Paper Jam

    Check that paper is not skewed in the side guides of the drawer. Process unit Clean the process unit or replace it. Paper Clean the sensor clinging detection sensor © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 61...
  • Page 618 Parts to be replaced Remark Process unit Registration motor DRV board LGC board Paper clinging detection sensor Registration roller Replace it if it is worn out. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 62...
  • Page 619 ADU entrance sensor 03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[G] ADU exit sensor 03-[ALL]OFF/[9]/[H] Bypass feed unit Side cover 2nd drawer feed sensor 03-[FAX]ON/[4]/[D] LCF side cover LCF feed sensor 03-[COPY]ON/[9]/[F] © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 63...
  • Page 620 Error item Other paper jam The equipment does not operate normally because abnormality occurred on an interface between the SYS board and engine firmware. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 64...
  • Page 621 Check the feed roller. causing multiple feeding Sensor in the jamming area • Sensor check (Refer to the table below) • Harness check • Connector check © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 65...
  • Page 622 Jamming transport path Open the cover of the unit/area whose picture is flashing on the control panel and remove any paper on the transport path. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 66...
  • Page 623 Bridge unit Bridge unit Bridge unit transport sensor-1 03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/[A] (Entrance sensor) Bridge unit transport sensor-2 03-[ALL]OFF/[0]/[B] (Exit sensor) Finisher Finisher door Sensors in the finisher © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 67...

  • Page 624: Cover Open Jam

    Board check • Connector check (CN371) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark PFP side cover opening/ closing switch PFP board LGC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 68...
  • Page 625 Board check • Connector check (CN361, CN362) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Jam access cover opening/ closing switch DRV board LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 69...
  • Page 626 Board check • Connector check (CN371) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark LCF side cover opening/ closing switch LCF board LGC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 70...
  • Page 627 Harness check LGC board • Board check • Connector check (CN302) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Job separator cover switch LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 71...

  • Page 628: Radf Jam

    • Harness check RADF board • Board check • Connector check (CN75) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Empty sensor RADF board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 72...
  • Page 629 Connector check (CN75) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Original exit/reverse sensor RADF board Read roller Replace it if it is worn out. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 73...
  • Page 630 Connector check (CN75) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Read sensor RADF board Read roller Replace it if it is worn out. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 74...
  • Page 631 Connector check (CN75) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Exit sensor RADF board Exit roller Replace it if it is worn out. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 75...
  • Page 632 Check item Measures RADF • Close the RADF if it is opened. • Remove if there is any original before closing it. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 76...
  • Page 633 • Harness check RADF board • Connector check (CN75) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Original jam access cover opening/ closing sensor RADF board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 77...

  • Page 634: Jam In Bridge Unit

    Parts to be replaced Remark Bridge unit transport sensor-1 (entrance sensor) LGC board Bridge unit gate solenoid e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 78...
  • Page 635 LGC board are short circuited or open circuited. • Replace the JSP feed sensor. • Replace the JSP board. • Replace the LGC board. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 79...
  • Page 636 Replacing board • Replace the JSP board. • Replace the LGC board. Parts to be replaced Remark JSP feed sensor JSP board LGC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 80...

  • Page 637: Paper Jam In Finisher Section

    Is the harness between the entrance motor (M1) and the finisher control PC board (CN7) disconnected or open circuited? Parts to be replaced Remark Entrance sensor Finisher controller PC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 81...
  • Page 638 Check if the electrical continuity between the connector terminals is normal. If electricity is not conducted, replace the connector. (Finisher control PC board (FIN): CN22) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 82...
  • Page 639 PC • Connector check (CN26) board (FIN) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Entrance sensor (S1) Finisher control PC board (FIN) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 83...
  • Page 640 [EA22] Paper size error jam (punch paper edge sensor) Classification Error content Paper jam in finisher section Paper size error jam (transport sensor) Paper size error jam (punch paper edge sensor) MJ-1107 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 84...
  • Page 641 [EA27] Paper transport stop jam (paper not inserted) [EA28] Paper transport stop jam (paper holder plate operation delay) [EA29] Paper transport stop jam (stack transport delay) MJ-1107 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 85...
  • Page 642 Parts to be replaced Remark Entrance sensor Transport sensor Processing tray sensor Buffer roller drive motor Buffer tray guide motor Finisher contoller PC board MJ-1108 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 86...
  • Page 643 Entrance sensor (S1) Transport sensor (S2) Processing tray sensor (S12) Assist arm motor (M10) Buffer tray guide motor (M2) Finisher control PC board (FIN) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 87...
  • Page 644 [EA2B] Paper transport jam in the Finisher (Middle path sensor) Classification Error content Paper jam in finisher section Paper transport jam in the Finisher (Middle path sensor) MJ-1036 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 88...
  • Page 645 Finisher control PC board If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the connector, (FIN) abnormality replace the finisher control PC board (FIN). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 89...
  • Page 646 (FIN). Then check that the measured voltage is 1V or lower when not shielded and within the range of 3.3V±5% when shielded. If the voltage does not fall within the range mentioned, replace the sensor. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 90...
  • Page 647 Paper jam in finisher section Transport path paper remaining jam MJ-1107 Check item Measures Transport sensor • Sensor check (S2) • Connector check (CN22) • Harness check © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 91...
  • Page 648 Transport sensor Finisher control PC board [EA32] Finishing tray paper detection error Classification Error content Paper jam in finisher section Exit paper remaining jam MJ-1036 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 92...
  • Page 649 If the error still occurs after replacing the sensor and the Finisher control PC board (FIN) connector, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). abnormality © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 93...
  • Page 650 PC • Connector check (CN18) board (FIN) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Processing tray sensor (S12) Finisher control PC board (FIN) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 94...
  • Page 651 Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Handle cover If it is broken. Front cover switch Stationary tray opening/closing switch Finisher controller PC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 95...
  • Page 652 If the error still occurs after replacing the staple unit and the connectors, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). abnormality [EA50] Stapling jam e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 96...
  • Page 653 Finisher controller PC board • Board check • Connector check (CN19) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Stapler Finisher controller PC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 97...
  • Page 654 Interface control PC board (I/F) • Board check • Connector check (CN8) • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Feeding sensor (S22) Interface control PC board (I/F) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 98...
  • Page 655 Correct if any. Parts to be replaced Remark Stack belt exit home position sensor Stack transport motor Finisher controller PC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 99...
  • Page 656 (M6) has been driven in the specified time when the exit roller is moved up. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 100...

  • Page 657: Paper Jam In Saddle Stitcher Section

    Transport path-3 (S28) • Sensor check(S28) • Connector check(CN20) • Harness check Ejecting roller sensor(S29) • Sensor check(S29) • Connector check(CN20) • Harness check © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 101...
  • Page 658 (SOL5) (solenoid OFF: 1.5 to 2.1 mm, solenoid ON: 2.3 to 2.9 mm). If it is not, adjust it. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 102...
  • Page 659 Sensor check (S27) • Connector check (CN20) • Harness check Transport path-3 sensor • Sensor check (S28) • Connector check (CN20) • Harness check © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 103...
  • Page 660 Board check Replace parts Remarks Feeding sensor Junction box paper detection sensor Transport path-2 sensor Transport path-3 sensor Ejecting roller sensor Saddle stitcher controller board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 104...

  • Page 661: Paper Jam In Puncher Unit

    Board check • Connector check • Harness check Parts to be replaced Remark Punch HP sensor Punch sensor Punch motor Hole punch control PC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 105...
  • Page 662 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 106...
  • Page 663 Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board Harness [EB30] Ready time-out jam Classification Error content Other paper jam Ready time-out jam © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 107...
  • Page 664 Correct if any. Parts to be replaced Remark Skew adjustment motor Skew HP sensor Hole punch control PC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 108...
  • Page 665 (CLT1) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. Parts to be replaced Remark Movable tray paper-full sensor Shutter opening/closing sensor Shutter clutch © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 109...
  • Page 666 Check if the connector (CN10) on the finisher controller PC board is disconnected from the front alignment motor (M9) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 110...
  • Page 667 (M10) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. Parts to be replaced Remark Rear alignment plate home position sensor Rear alignment motor © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 111...
  • Page 668 Paddle home position sensor Finisher controller PC board MJ-1108 Check item Measures Paddle Rotate the paddle. If there is any mechanical problem, fix its mechanism. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 112...
  • Page 669 Check if the connector (CN11) on the finisher controller PC board is disconnected from the buffer tray guide motor (M2) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 670 [EF10] Paper not supported for Saddle Stitch Finisher MJ-1108 Check the paper size, paper type, or number of pages for stapling. Change them if they are unsupported. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 114...
  • Page 671 [EF13] Saddle stitch unit paper holding home position detection error MJ-1108 Classification Error item Finisher jam (Saddle section) The paper holder home position cannot be detected. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 115...
  • Page 672 Side alignment home position sensor • Sensor check (S36) • Connector check • Harness check Side alignment motor (M15) • Motor check • Connector check • Harness check e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 116...
  • Page 673 Harness check Folding blade clutch (CLT3) • Clutch check • Connector check • Harness check Saddle controller board • Connector check (CN15) • Board check © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 117...
  • Page 674 Sensor check • Connector check • Harness check Saddle controller board • Connector check (CN19) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Exit transport sensor (S41) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 118...
  • Page 675 • Harness check Saddle controller board • Connector check (CN19) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Stacker paper detection sensor (S30) Saddle controller board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 119...

  • Page 676: Drive System Related Service Call

    Check if the PFU transport roller is overloaded. Parts to be replaced Remark Developer unit Feeding/developing drive unit Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor Drum TBU drive unit e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 120...
  • Page 677 Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board 1st/2nd drawer feed roller Bypass unit Paper feeding drive section Transport roller © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 121...

  • Page 678: Paper Feeding System Related Service Call

    [C130] 1st drawer tray abnormality [C140] 2nd drawer tray abnormality Classification Error content Paper feeding system related 1st drawer tray abnormality service call 2nd drawer tray abnormality e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 122...
  • Page 679 Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. Parts to be replaced Remark Tray-up motor DRV board LGC board Tray-up sensor © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 123...
  • Page 680 Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. Parts to be replaced Remark Tray-up motor PFP board LGC board Tray-up sensor e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 124...
  • Page 681 Parts to be replaced Remark LCF tray-up motor LCF board LGC board LCF tray-up sensor LCF tray bottom sensor © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 125...
  • Page 682 Parts to be replaced Remark LCF end fence motor LCF board LGC board LCF end fence home position sensor LCF end fence stop position sensor e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 126...
  • Page 683 Check if the voltage supplied to the microcomputer input terminal IC103-17 pin is always “L” level. Parts to be replaced Remark LCF transport motor LCF board LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 127...

  • Page 684: Scanning System Related Service Call

    Power supply harness 1. Check if wiring of the power supply harness (CN127) is abnormal. 2. Check if the harness is scratched or open circuited. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 128...
  • Page 685 [C280] Carriage home position sensor not going ON within a specified time Classification Error content Scanning system related Carriage home position sensor not going ON within a specified time service call © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 129...
  • Page 686 SYS board (CN127). 4. Check if the fuse on the LVPS (F204) is open circuited. 5. Check if there is no abnormality on the LVPS. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 130...
  • Page 687 Parts to be replaced Remark SYS board Fuse (F204) Power supply harness LVPS © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 131...

  • Page 688: Fuser Unit Related Service Call

    Check if the connectors CN355 and CN357 are disconnected. • Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is short circuited or open circuited. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 132...
  • Page 689 Check the connectors and harnesses of the parts replaced just before C471 occurred. • Check the connectors which connect the equipment and LCF/PFP. Replace parts Remarks Side cover interlock switch. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 133...
  • Page 690 • Harness check Fuser unit • Drawer connector check • Thermostat check • Unit check LGC board • Connector check (CN357) • Board check e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 134...
  • Page 691 Replace parts Remarks IH board cooling fan IH board LGC board Power supply [C481] IGBT thermistor breaking abnormality © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 135...
  • Page 692 [C4B1] Fuser unit voltage judgment abnormality Classification Error item Fuser unit related service call Errors in the IH board when the destination selection of the equipment is incorrect. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 136...
  • Page 693 However, the counter value will be stored until it is written over by the value of the other service call. Parts to be replaced Remark Thermistor © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 137...

  • Page 694: Lgc Board

    Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 138...
  • Page 695 Check if the bushing of fuser belt drive shaft is worn. • Fuser unit installation check (Check that the levers fixing the fuser unit are lifted up.) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 139...
  • Page 696 Bushing of fuser belt drive shaft Worn Bushing of fuser drive unit Worn Drive plate Bend section broken Gear Teeth damaged, worn LGC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 140...

  • Page 697: Communication Related Service Call

    Check if the specified finisher is attached. [F070] Communication error between System-CPU and Engine-CPU Classification Error content Communication related service call Communication error between System-CPU and Engine-CPU © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 141...
  • Page 698 HRNS-LGC-ADU-212 HRNS-DRV-SFBTRU-212 [F071] Communication initialization error between System-CPU and Engine-CPU Classification Error content Communication related service Communication initialization error between System-CPU and call Engine-CPU e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 142...
  • Page 699 Check if the conductor patterns on the LGC board and SYS board are short circuited or open circuited Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 143...
  • Page 700 Parts to be replaced Remark SYS board LED head Harness of LED head (flat cable) Harness of LED head (power supply) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 144...

  • Page 701: Radf Related Service Call

    Turn the power OFF and then back ON to check if the equipment operates normally. RADF board • Connector check • Board check Parts to be replaced Remark RADF board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 145...

  • Page 702: Circuit Related Service Call

    LGC board • Connector check (CN350) • Board check SYS board • Connector check (CN128) • Board check Replacement part Measure LGC board SYS board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 146...
  • Page 703 Check that the board is installed properly. (Y, M, C and K) • Board check Replacement part Measure Toner cartridge LGC board HRNS-LGC-TNRIC-212 CTIF board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 147...
  • Page 704 Turn the power OFF and then back ON using the main power switch. If the same error occurs again, replace the LGC board. Replacement part Measure LGC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 148...
  • Page 705 Board check Replacement part Measure SRAM on the SYS board SYS board [F350] SYS board abnormality Classification Contents Circuit related service call SYS board abnormality © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 149...
  • Page 706 Check the combination of the firmware version of the system version firmware, engine firmware, and scanner firmware. • Reinstall the scanner firmware. Replacement part Measure SYS board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 150...

  • Page 707: Led Head Related Service Call

    Y: CN382 and CN383 M: CN380 and CN381 C: CN386 and CN387 K: CN384 and CN385 • Check the LGC board. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 151...
  • Page 708 "0" (Normal) to reset the self-diagnosis value. Y: 08-4706-0 M: 08-4706-1 C: 08-4706-2 K: 08-4706-3 Replacement part Measure LGC board Harness (FFC) Harness (power supply) LED head e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 152...
  • Page 709 LED head identified in step 1. Y color: CN382, CN383 M color: CN380, CN381 C color: CN386, CN387 K color: CN384, CN385 - Check the LGC board. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 153...
  • Page 710 LED head in error Replace it. Replacement part Measure LGC board Harness of LED head (flat cable) Harness of LED head (power supply) LED head e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 154...

  • Page 711: Finisher Related Service Call

    Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is open circuited or short circuited. Parts to be replaced Remark Finisher control PC board LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 155...
  • Page 712 Check the connectors and harnesses between the buffer tray guide motor (M3) and the finisher control PC board (CN18). Replacement part Measure Buffer tray guide motor (M3) Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 156...
  • Page 713 Replacement part Measure Buffer roller drive motor Finisher controller PC board [CB13] Finisher exit motor (M11) abnormality MJ-1108 Classification Error item Finisher related service call © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 157...
  • Page 714 Finisher related service call Movable tray shift motor abnormality: The movable tray shift motor is not rotating or the movable tray is not moving normally. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 158...
  • Page 715 Finisher control PC board (FIN) If the error still occurs after replacing the solenoid, sensors and abnormality connector, exchange the finisher control PC board (FIN). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 159...
  • Page 716 Parts to be replaced Remark Movable tray shift motor (M7) Movable tray position A, B, and C sensors (S13, S14, and S15) Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 160...
  • Page 717 Finisher related service call Front alignment motor abnormality: The front alignment motor is not rotating or the front alignment plate is not moving normally. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 161...
  • Page 718 Finisher controller PC board MJ-1108 Check item Measures Front alignment plate If there is mechanical problem when the front alignment plate is moved, fix the mechanism. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 162...
  • Page 719 PC board (FIN). [CB50] Stapler home position error * You receive a [CB50] error when the [EA50] error occurs three times in succession. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 720 Check the connectors and harnesses between the stapler and finisher controller PC board (CN19). • Check the harnesses in the stapler. Parts to be replaced Remark Stapler Finisher controller PC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 164...
  • Page 721 Check the connectors and harnesses between the stapler unit shift motor (M4) and the finisher control PC board (CN5). Replacement part Measure Stapler unit home position sensor (S10) Finisher controller PC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 165...
  • Page 722 (M9) and the finisher control PC board (CN10). Replacement part Measure Stapler unit shift motor (M4) Finisher controller PC board [CB80] Finisher control PC board (FIN) backup RAM error e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 166...
  • Page 723 Main power switch Turn OFF the main power switch, then back ON. Finisher controller PC board Board check Replacement part Measure Finisher controller PC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 167...
  • Page 724 Replace parts Remarks Hole punch control PC board [CB91] Saddle flash ROM abnormality MJ-1108 Classification Error item Finisher related service call Saddle flash ROM abnormality e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 168...
  • Page 725 Harness check Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN18) • Board check Replace parts Remarks Additional folding motor Saddle control PC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 169...
  • Page 726 Finisher related service call Check item Measures Front saddle stapler clinch unit Harness check Saddle control PC board (SDL) • Connector check (CN4) • Board check e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 170...
  • Page 727 Connector check (CN11, CN14) • Board check Replacement part Measure Folding motor encoder sensor (S34) Side alignment motor (M15) Saddle control PC board (SDL) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 171...
  • Page 728 MJ-1107 Check Item Measure Stack transport belt If there is mechanical problem when the stack transport belt is moved, fix the mechanism. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 172...
  • Page 729 Check if the connector (CN10) on the finisher controller PC board is disconnected from the transport motor (M7) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 730 (S6) and the harnesses are open circuited. Correct if so. Parts to be replaced Remark Paper holder home position sensor Finisher control PC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 174...
  • Page 731 Check the connectors and harnesses between the hole punch control PC board (HP) and sideways adjustment motor (M2). Sideways deviation home position • Sensor check sensor (S3) • Harness check © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 175...
  • Page 732 If the error still occurs after replacing the sensors and the connectors, abnormality exchange the hole punch control PC board (HP). [CC60, CC61] Punch motor abnormality MJ-1036 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 176...
  • Page 733 Classification Contents Finisher related service call Punch motor (M3) home position detection error: Punch motor is not rotating or puncher is not shifting normally. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 177...
  • Page 734 Hole punch controller PC board is detected when the power is turned on. Check Item Measure Hole punch control PC board (HP) Board check Replacement part Measure Hole punch control PC board (HP) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 178...
  • Page 735 Rear alignment motor (M10) Check the connectors and harnesses between the rear alignment motor (M10) and the finisher control PC board (CN10). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 179...
  • Page 736 The tray safety switch turned on during tray operation (moving up or down). • The tray operated with the tray safety switch turned on. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 180...
  • Page 737 Check the connectors and harnesses between the paddle motor (M8) and the finisher control PC board (CN6). Replacement part Measure Paddle motor (M8) Finisher control PC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 181...
  • Page 738 Check if the conductor pattern on the LGC board is open circuited or short circuited. Parts to be replaced Remark Finisher control PC board LGC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 182...

  • Page 739: Image Control Related Service Call

    CN599) and the LED head. • Check if there is any stain or scratch on the LED head. Clean or correct if there is. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 183...
  • Page 740 > are pressed simultaneously. • Key in “4720”, then press the [START] button. (05-4720: Displaying the cause of color registration detection error) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 184...
  • Page 741 146 = 128 + 18 = 128 + 16 + 2 → K on the front side / C on the rear side / Y on the front side detection abnormality © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 185...
  • Page 742 13.Turn the power OFF. 14.If the image position aligning sensors on both sides are operating normally, proceed to step (23). In other cases, proceed to step (22). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 186...
  • Page 743 Is the image of the test pattern printed normally without any difference in density on its front and rear sides? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 187...
  • Page 744 LED head. If the density level is low on both front and rear sides, is the image printed normally in cases other than noted above? e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 188...
  • Page 745 3. Set the value to “4” (default value). 4. Turn the power OFF. <Checking the image position Clean the image position aligning aligning sensor> sensor (S7, S8). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 189...
  • Page 746 • Are the drum and the transfer belt rotating smoothly? • Is the transfer belt tight? e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 190...
  • Page 747 Clean the area around the sensor (e.g.: sensor shutter) if it is stained, so that the sensor surface does not become dirty. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 191...
  • Page 748 (05-2742)" and make sure it is completed normally. (Error [CE10], [CE20] and [CE40] do not appear.) Check and correct it accordingly. Perform "Automatic gamma adjustment". e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 192...
  • Page 749 Reset all of the values in the codes “Abnormality detection count (Y/M/ C/K) Display/0 clearing (08-2528 to 08-2531)”. * Go to step 13 for the second time. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 193...
  • Page 750 Use “Image quality control abnormal detection counter Y to K display/0 clearing (08-2528 to 2531)” to check the abnormal occurring condition for each color. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 194...
  • Page 751 Y to K display/0 clearing (08-2528 to 2531)”. * If you have already performed this checking cycle once, proceed to step (11). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 195...
  • Page 752 If the adjustment is normally finished, this is the end of the procedure. If the error CE41 still occurs, proceed to step 9. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 196...
  • Page 753 • Connector check (J1054) • Harness check LGC board • Connector check (CN370) • Harness check Replace parts Remarks Drum thermistor 2 LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 197...
  • Page 754 (Replace it if there is.) LGC board Board check Replacement part Measure Drum switching motor (M3) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 198...
  • Page 755 Thermistor check (Perform the input check: 03-[COPY]ON/ [3]) • Connector check (J1053) • Harness check LGC board • Connector check (CN370) Replacement part Measure Drum thermistor 1 LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 199...

  • Page 756: Copy Process Related Service Call

    LGC board (CN365). • Remove any foreign matter such as toner in the connector of the auto toner sensor. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 200...
  • Page 757 Remove if there is and reconnect it. Replacement part Measure Auto toner sensor Harness LGC board Developer material © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 201...
  • Page 758 Remove if there is and reconnect it. Replacement part Measure Auto toner sensor Harness LGC board Developer material e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 202...
  • Page 759 Remove if there is and reconnect it. Replacement part Measure Auto toner sensor Harness LGC board Developer material © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 203...
  • Page 760 Remove if there is and reconnect it. Replacement part Measure Auto toner sensor Harness LGC board Developer material e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 204...
  • Page 761 Remove if there is and reconnect it. Replacement part Measure Auto toner sensor Harness LGC board Developer material © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 205...
  • Page 762 Remove if there is and reconnect it. Replacement part Measure Auto toner sensor Harness LGC board Developer material e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 206...
  • Page 763 Remove if there is and reconnect it. Replacement part Measure Auto toner sensor Harness LGC board Developer material © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 207...
  • Page 764 Is the LGC board normal? Replace the LGC board. Replacement part Measure Developer unit old/new detection switches Paper feeding/developer unit drive motor LGC board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 208...
  • Page 765 Replace the harness. Is the LGC board normal? Replace the LGC board. Replacement part Measure Drum old/new detection switches Drum TBU motor LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 209...
  • Page 766 Check if the needle electrode is broken or the main charger grid is deformed. • Check if any foreign matter is on the needle electrode or main charger grid. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 210...

  • Page 767: Other Service Call

    Recover the encryption key on the SRAM board.  P. 9-26 "9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing KeyBroken the SRAM board (for the SYS board)" ([H]Backup encryption key) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 211...
  • Page 768 Replace the SYS board.  P. 9-26 "9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM board (for the SYS board)" (for the SYS board, all steps) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 212...
  • Page 769 Procedures when replacing the SYS board". [C] Restore ADI key (only when ADI-HDD is installed) [D] Restore encryption key [E] Restore license * AccessFailed, KeyNull or KeyBroken © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 213...
  • Page 770 [4]+[C]+[POWER]→1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 4. If the error persists even after step 3, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 214...
  • Page 771 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]→1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 215...
  • Page 772 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]→1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 216...
  • Page 773 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]→1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 217...
  • Page 774 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]→1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 218...
  • Page 775 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]→1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 219...
  • Page 776 5 after performing [4]+[C]+[POWER]→1. Revert factory initial status HDD. 6. If the error persists even after step 5, replace the HDD. Replacement part Measure SYS board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 220...
  • Page 777 1. Start the equipment in the 4C mode: [4] + [C] + [POWER] -> 1. Revert factory initial status HDD 2. Reinstall the system software. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 221...
  • Page 778 Restore the ADI-HDD encryption key. • In case both of the SRAM ADIKey or FROM ADIKey status are other than OK Reinstall the system software. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 222...
  • Page 779 Spool Data (Print, Email reception) • Template [F106_5] ADI-HDD error: Authentication data transmission error Classification Error item Other service call ADI-HDD error: The transmission of authentication data fails. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 223...
  • Page 780 The following items will be deleted by performing [3]+[C]+[POWER]-> [3.Format HDD]. • Message Log • Job Log • Spool Data (Print, Email reception) • Template e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 224...
  • Page 781 [F109_2] Key consistency error (Signature Check public key damage) Classification Contents Other service call Key consistency error - Public key data used for Integrity Check are damaged. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 225...
  • Page 782 Replace the SRAM board (for the SYS board).  P. 9-26 "9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM board (for the SYS board)" (all steps) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 226...
  • Page 783 Follow the procedures below noted in "9.2.4Precautions and Procedures when replacing the SYS board". [C] Restore ADI key (only when ADI-HDD is installed) [D] Restore encryption key [E] Restore license © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 227...
  • Page 784 Replace the SRAM board (for the SYS board).  P. 9-26 "9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM board (for the SYS board)" (all steps) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 228...
  • Page 785 Status and FROM Key Status fields. Remarks: If the error is not cleared, reinstallation of the system firmware, system software and application is needed. ([4]+[9] → Power-ON) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 229...
  • Page 786 SYS-FROM to SYS-SRAM.)  P. 9-26 "9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM board (for the SYS board)"([G]Backup ADI key) * AccessFailed or KeyMismatch e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 230...
  • Page 787 [F121] Database abnormality (user information management database) Classification Error item Other service call Login after the startup fails in any starting mode because user management database is corrupted. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 231...
  • Page 788 Setting → 3. Language DB If the recovery is still not completed, reinstall the system software and application program. P. 11-21 "11.3.2 Update procedure" e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 232...
  • Page 789 SYS board • Connector check • Board check Main memory • Check the installation • Main memory check Replace parts Remarks Main memory SYS board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 233...
  • Page 790 + [C] + [POWER] → 2. Recovery F/S. • If it is not recovered, reinstall the software after the HDD format. Replace parts Remarks e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 234...
  • Page 791 The encryption partition fails to be read and written. Check item Measures Recover the encryption key with [3] + [C] + [POWER] → 5. Setting • © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 235...
  • Page 792 4. Request the administrator to set the date and time. [F900] Model information error Classification Error item Other service call Machine information alignment error. The machine information is damaged. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 236...
  • Page 793 4. Install the system software corresponding to the model. ([4]+[9] mode → [4])  P. 11-8 "11.2.2 Update procedure" Parts to be replaced Remark LGC board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 237...
  • Page 794 2. If the error cannot be solved after installing the system firmware, reinstall the system software and application program.  P. 11-21 "11.3.2 Update procedure"([A]Updating firmware) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 238...
  • Page 795 [1C64] Terminal mail address unset Reset the Terminal mail address. Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 239...
  • Page 796 [1CC1] Power failure Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 240...
  • Page 797 If the error still occurs, turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. [2553] Destination mail address error (RFC: 553) Check if there is an illegal character in the mail box in the mail server. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 798 Backup the documents in the box or folder to PC or delete them. [2BF2] Exceeding maximum number of folders Backup the folders in the box or folder to PC or delete them. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 242...
  • Page 799 Check if correct privilege is given to the user. [2A72] e-Filing data access privilege check error (Scan Utility) Check if correct privilege is given to the user. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 800 Check if the server or local disk has a sufficient space in disk capacity. Check that there is enough space in the server or local disk. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 244...
  • Page 801 [2CC1] Power failure Check if the power cable is connected properly and it is inserted securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 245...
  • Page 802 If the path is correct, turn the power OFF and then back ON, and perform the job again. [2D64] Login failure Reset the login name and password. Perform the job. Check if the account of the server is properly set up. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 246...
  • Page 803 Turn the power OFF and then back ON. Perform the job in error again. If the error still occurs, first, check if there are no jobs existing and then perform HDD formatting ([5] + [C] + [POWER] ON -> [3] -> [1]). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 804 [2EC1] Power failure in USB storage Check if the power cable is connected properly and inserted securely. Check if the power voltage is unstable. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 248...
  • Page 805 The paper size of the TIFF file is not acceptable for this equipment. (Acceptable: A4, B4, A3, B5, LT, LG, LD or ST) Request the sender to retransmit the file in the acceptable paper size. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...
  • Page 806 These errors occur when the mail data is not transferred properly to the HDD. Request the sender to retransmit the mail. Replace the HDD if the error still occurs after retransmission. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 250...
  • Page 807 Select “Private print”, and then perform the printing again. [4231] Hardcopy security printing error Hardcopy security printing cannot be performed because the function is restricted in the self- diagnosis mode. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 251...
  • Page 808  P. 8-2 "8.1.2 Collection of debug logs with a USB device" Initialize HDD. Refer to step 3 and later in “[E]Replace / Format HDD” in “9.2.3Precautions and procedures when replacing the HDD”. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 252...
  • Page 809 There is no SSL certificate or the certificate is not in a correct application file format. Check item Measures Setting Install the correct SSL certificate. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 253...
  • Page 810 Communication error with external Settings for initial URL and proxy are incorrect. application Check item Measures Setting Perform the correct settings for initial URL and proxy. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 254...
  • Page 811 TopAccess related error Check item Measures Setting • Check if the toner cartridge is installed properly. • Check if the toner cartridge detection sensor operates properly. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 255...
  • Page 812 Error item TopAccess related error Check item Measures Setting The address specified for the network FAX is not registered on the Address Book. Register it. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 256...
  • Page 813 Measures Setting Use a correct card that has been used for entering the room. [6034] Card related error: Invalid flag data (invalid card data) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 257...
  • Page 814 The card cannot be used because the data required for the use of the card are not correctly set. Check item Measures Setting Use a valid card. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 258...
  • Page 815 Check that the path to the SNTP server is operating correctly. • Check that the settings are correct in TopAccess -> [Administrator] -> [Setup] -> [General] -> [SNTP Service]. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 259...
  • Page 816 Check item Measures Setting Point and Print data may have a problem or may be corrupted. Check the package file and then reattempt the upload. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 260...
  • Page 817 Start up the equipment in the following procedure:[3] + [C] + [POWER] → 5. Key Backup RestoreThen overwrite the corrupted license key with a normal one. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 261...
  • Page 818 Check item Measures Setting Software package file may have a problem or may be corrupted. Check the software package file and then reattempt the installation. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 262...
  • Page 819 [71B9] Punch firmware installation failure Classification Error item Maintenance error Punch firmware installation failure Check item Measures Setting Punch firmware installation failed. Reinstall the firmware. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 263...
  • Page 820 Check if the same IP address is not used by other machine. [8022] Authentication Failure Classification Error item Network error Failed in 802.1X authentication. Check item Measures Setting Check the user credential. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 264...
  • Page 821 Ipsec error if auth for shared key failed Check item Measures Setting Mismatch in IKEv1 Pre Shared Key. Check the PSK in MFP and remote machine. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 265...
  • Page 822 DH group, authentication methods) in MFP and peer machine. Check 1. CA and user certificate in both MFP and remote peer - certificate timestamp and IPsec Certificatetem. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 266...
  • Page 823 Ipsec error if peer dosent support IKEv2 and falling back to IKEv1 Check item Measures Setting Remote machine is not supporting IKEv2. Going back to use IKEv1. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 267...
  • Page 824 Ipsec error if auth method is not matching Check item Measures Setting Mismatch in IKE authentication type. Check the Authentication type in MFP and peer. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 268...
  • Page 825 [8048] IPsec Remote ID mismatch Classification Error item Network error Ipsec error for remote id mismatch Check item Measures Setting Check the user certificate in peer machine. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 269...
  • Page 826 IPv4 primary DDNS update error. ([8067]) IPv4 secondary DDNS update error. ([8068]) Check item Measures Setting Check if there is any problem with DNS or DDNS settings. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 270...
  • Page 827 An unknown domain authentication error occurs when connecting to the domain controller. Check item Measures Setting Check the network settings of the equipment, and retry connecting to the domain controller. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 271...
  • Page 828 The user account is locked at domain authentication and it cannot be used to log on. Check item Measures Setting Check the setting of the account lock-out on the server. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 272...
  • Page 829 Check if the Realm name of the Active Directory server of the equipment is wrong. If this problem still persists, contact your Window server administrator. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 273...

  • Page 830: Equipment Operation Disabled After The Installation Of Option(S)

    In addition, select the setting of the equipment corresponding to that of the switch. ([ADMIN] > [NETWORK] > [ETHERNET]) Check the set communication speed as follows if required: [ADMIN] > [NETWORK] > [ETHERNET] e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 274...

  • Page 831: The Equipment Does Not Start After The Power Has Been Turned On

    Replace the SYS board. IH board Reconnect the connectors. Replace the harnesses. Replace the IH board. Parts to be replaced Remark Fuse Harness (for the inlet) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 275...
  • Page 832 Parts to be replaced Remark Harness (for the main power switch) Main power switch Switching power supply (LVPS) LGC board SYS board IH board e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 276...

  • Page 833: Color Deviation

    Drum coupling Loose coupling, damage, Check if they are installed and coupling deformation properly or replace the on the couplings. equipment side © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 277...
  • Page 834 Check the connection of the Correct or replace the terminal transformer high-voltage supply terminal of if it is loosened or damaged. the 1st or 2nd transfer rollers. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 278...

  • Page 835: Uneven Pitch And Jitter Image

    Replace the cleaning peeling of the cleaning blade blade. Transfer belt Are there uneven pitches of Replace the TBU gears. drive 0.63 mm ? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 279...
  • Page 836 (1 month or more), causing an uneven pitch. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 280...

  • Page 837: Poor Image Density, Color Reproduction And Gray Balance

    Clean it. mirrors or lens is dirty. Parameter Check the image processing Adjust the color balance adjustment parameters. (color). value Adjust the image density. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 281...
  • Page 838 * If the trouble is not solved at the step 1 and the step 2 or followings (excluding the parameter adjustment) are performed, make sure to perform “Enforced performing of image quality closed-loop control” and then “Automatic gamma adjustment” after taking a measure. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 282...

  • Page 839: Background Fogging 1

    Is the auto-toner sensor Check the operation of auto- normal? toner sensor and readjust. Is the toner supply operating Check the motor and circuits. constantly? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 283...
  • Page 840 * If the trouble is not solved at the step 1 and the step 2 or followings (excluding the parameter adjustment) are performed, make sure to perform “Enforced performing of image quality closed-loop control” and then “Automatic gamma adjustment” after taking a measure. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 284...

  • Page 841: Background Fogging 2 (1200 Dpi Printing)

    LGC board Check if the board is short Replace the LGC board or SYS and SYS circuited or open circuited. board. board © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 285...

  • Page 842: Moire /Lack Of Sharpness

    Check item Measures Remarks Density Check the gradation Perform the forced performing reproduction reproduction. of image quality closed-loop control (05-2742) and then automatic gamma adjustment. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 286...
  • Page 843 * If the trouble is not solved at the step 1 and the step 2 or followings (excluding the parameter adjustment) are performed, make sure to perform “Enforced performing of image quality closed-loop control” and then “Automatic gamma adjustment” after taking a measure. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING...

  • Page 844: Toner Offset

    Developer Is the specified developer Use the specified developer material used? and toner. Scanner Are the mirrors, original Clean them. glass or lens dirty? e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 288...
  • Page 845 Check the density of printer Output the test patterns and When output image. check them. defects using 04-36 for each color occur, perform the correspondi troubleshoot procedures. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 289...

  • Page 846: Blurred Image

    Is the charger grid dirty or deformed? Clean or replace the charger grid. Main charger Is there foreign matter on the Remove foreign matter. charger grid? Clean or replace the charger grid. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 290...

  • Page 847: Poor Fusing

    Is the temperature of fuser belt too Check/correct the setting value of temperature low? fuser belt temperature. Clean or replace the thermistor. Check/correct the related circuit. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 291...
  • Page 848 Is the paper type corresponding to its Use the proper type of paper or mode? select the proper mode. Using the recommended paper? Use the recommended paper. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 292...

  • Page 849: Blank Print

    Is the drum rotating? Check/correct the drum coupling engaging. Check the drum drive system. Is the drum grounded? Check the contact of the grounding plate. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 293...
  • Page 850 Are the connectors securely Reconnect the connectors securely. CCD, SYS connected? Is any harness between Replace the harness. and LGC the boards open circuited? boards e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 294...

  • Page 851: Solid Print

    Are the connector of the high-voltage Reconnect the harness securely. electrode/grid harness securely connected? Replace the high-voltage harness. bias) Is the harness open circuited? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 295...
  • Page 852 Check item Measures Bedewing of Is the drum bedewed? Clean the drum. drum Keep the power cord plugged so that the damp heater can work. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 296...

  • Page 853: White Banding (In Feeding Direction)

    Remove foreign matter. matter after transfer, before entering the fuser unit? Discharge Has any LED of discharge LED gone Replace the discharge LED. out? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 297...
  • Page 854 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Scanner Is there foreign matter or dust in the Clean the lens and mirrors. optical path? e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 298...

  • Page 855: White Banding (At Right Angles To Feeding Direction)

    Is the charger grid dirty or deformed? Clean or replace the charger grid. Main charger Is there foreign matter on the Remove foreign matter. charger grid? Clean or replace the charger grid. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 299...

  • Page 856: Skew (Slantwise Copying)

    Is the 2nd transfer front guide Correct it. front guide installed properly? RADF Is the RADF installed and adjusted Reinstall and readjust it. properly? e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 300...
  • Page 857 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Transfer unit Is the transfer belt unit installed Correct it. properly? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 301...

  • Page 858: Color Banding (In Feeding Direction)

    Is there any foreign matter on the Clean or replace the drum cleaning drum cleaning blade edge? blade. Is toner recovery defective? Clean the toner recovery auger section. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 302...
  • Page 859 Are there scratches on the drum Replace the drum. surface? LED head Is there foreign matter or dust on the Clean the LED head. LED head? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 303...

  • Page 860: Color Banding (At Right Angles To Feeding Direction)

    Is the charger grid dirty or deformed? Clean or replace the charger grid. Main charger Is there foreign matter on the Remove foreign matter. charger grid? Clean or replace the charger grid. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 304...

  • Page 861: White Spots

    Main charger Is there foreign matter on the Remove it. charger? Is the needle electrode dirty or Clean or replace the needle deformed? electrode. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 305...
  • Page 862 2nd transfer roller bias) Paper Is the paper type corresponding to its Use the proper type of paper or mode? select the proper mode. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 306...

  • Page 863: Poor Transfer

    Clean the roller, remount the spring, roller malfunctioning? or replace defective motor-related parts. Aligning Is the aligning amount proper? Decrease the aligning amount amount © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 307...
  • Page 864 Check the circuit and adjust the transformer output defective? transformer output. (1st/2nd Are the high-voltage harness and Correct them if loosened. transfer roller terminals in proper contact? bias) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 308...

  • Page 865: Uneven Image Density 1 (In Feeding Direction)

    Is the transport of developer material Remove foreign matter if any. poor? Is Kapton tape peeled off or Attach new Kapton tape. deformed? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 309...
  • Page 866 Is the original glass, mirrors, or lens dirty? Dram cleaner Is there any abnormalities or Replace the gap spacer. unit deformation on the gap spacer? e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 310...

  • Page 867: Uneven Image Density 1 (At Right Angles To Feeding Direction)

    Fig.8-24 Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Developer unit 1 Is the magnetic brush in proper Adjust the doctor sleeve gap. contact with the drum? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 311...

  • Page 868: Uneven Image Density 2

    8.5.21 Uneven image density 2 Fig.8-25 Fig.8-26 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 312...
  • Page 869 Developer unit (K, Y, M, and C)". See work flow diagram in  P. 7-12 Does uneven image density occur again? "7.5 Work flow of parts replacement". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 313...

  • Page 870: Faded Image (Low Density)

    (developer Are the connector of the high-voltage Reconnect the harness securely. bias) harness securely connected? Is the Replace the high-voltage harness. harness open circuited? e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 314...

  • Page 871: Image Dislocation In Feeding Direction

    Is the roller surface dirty? Clean the roller surface with alcohol or replace it. Registration Is the registration guide improperly Reinstall the guide. guide installed? © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 315...

  • Page 872: Image Jittering

    Is the drum drive system Check the drum drive system. system malfunctioning? Clean or replace the belts, pulleys, bushings if they have dirt or scratches. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 316...

  • Page 873: Poor Cleaning

    Toner Is the toner recovery defective? Clean the toner recovery auger. recovery Check the cleaning blade pressure. auger © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 317...
  • Page 874 Is the temperature of fuser belt Check/correct the setting value of proper? fuser belt temperature. Clean or replace the thermistors. Check and correct the circuit. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 318...

  • Page 875: Uneven Light Distribution

    Is the exposure lamp tilted? Adjust the installed position of the lamp. Is the lamp discolored or degraded? Replace it. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 319...

  • Page 876: Blotched Image

    Clean or replace the transfer belt. transfer belt? High-voltage Is the high-voltage transformer Adjust the output. Replace the transformer output abnormal? transformer, if necessary. (1st/2nd transfer roller bias) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 320...

  • Page 877: Stain On The Paper Back Side

    8.5.28 Stain on the paper back side Printing side of 1st page The edge of image cut off. Back side of 2nd page Fig.8-33 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 321...
  • Page 878 Clean the fuser belt and pressure dirty? roller. Is the separation finger dirty? Clean the separation finger. Is the rib of transport guide dirty? Clean the rib. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 322...

  • Page 879: White Void In The Halftone

    8.5.29 White void in the halftone Feeding direction Fig.8-34 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 323...
  • Page 880 2. If paper wrinkling does occur, return the position of the paper entrance guide to the condition of step (3). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 324...
  • Page 881 Fig.8-35 Fig.8-36 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 325...

  • Page 882: Paper Wrinkle

    Confirm the positions of the screws before removing the inlet guide. • Check if the inlet guide is attached horizontally by checking the scales for the inlet guide. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 326...
  • Page 883 Fig.8-37 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 327...

  • Page 884: Staining At The Leading/Trailing Edge

    Clean the ribs of the transfer guide. control unit ribs of the transfer guide? Fig.8-39 Notes: Clean them with a soft pad, cloth or electric vacuum cleaner. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 328...

  • Page 885: Faint Image

    (Is the cover. roller tilted?) Check if there is any abnormality in the movement of the 2nd transfer roller pressure mechanism. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 329...

  • Page 886: Toner Scattering

    Remarks: • To select a paper type, refer to the Copying Guide. • To set 2nd transfer output, refer to the Imaging Manual [1.3]. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 330...
  • Page 887 [05] code Sub code ded setting Default values value Full color Front side Recycled 05-2934 0~10 paper Full color Front side Recycled 05-2934 0~10 paper © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 331...

  • Page 888: Feathered Image

    3. Cut out the pin [4] fixing the pole position adjustment plate. 4. Turn the pole position adjustment plate [1] counterclockwise (in the direction of the black arrow) by 3 scales. Fig.8-43 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 332...
  • Page 889 Notes: • Check the image after the pole position is adjusted. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 333...

  • Page 890: Image Skewing On Paper Trailing Edge

    6. Install the fuser unit. Check that the image on the paper trailing edge is skewed by 1 mm or less after the adjustment. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 334...
  • Page 891 [B] The front side in the secondary scanning direction is longer than the rear side. (Front > Rear) Front side Rear side Feeding direction Fig.8-46 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 335...
  • Page 892 6. Install the fuser unit. Check that the image on the paper trailing edge is skewed by 1 mm or less after the adjustment. Fig.8-47 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 336...

  • Page 893: Staining On Both Sides Of Paper

    Clean both sides of the transfer belt unit the transfer belt? with alcohol. (Approx. 10 mm from the edge) Replace the blade seals of the transfer belt cleaning unit. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 337...

  • Page 894: Roller Trace

    Is the surface of the lower paper exit Clean the upper/lower roller surface exit roller roller stained? with alcohol, or replace the roller. (upper/lower roller) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 338...

  • Page 895: Staining At The Leading Edge

    Cause/Section Step Check item Measures Exit sensor Is the actuator of the exit sensor Clean the actuator with alcohol, or stained? replace the actuator. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 339...
  • Page 896 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved ERROR CODE AND TROUBLESHOOTING 8 - 340...

  • Page 897: Sys Board Cover

     P. 4-4 "4.1.10 Right rear cover" Remove 3 screws and loosen 3 screws. Fig. 9-1 Slide the SYS board cover[1] toward the left side to remove it. Fig. 9-2 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 1...

  • Page 898: Sys Board Case

    SRAM board by holding them too firmly. Also, exercise care to prevent cables or connectors from being caught in the frame window. Fig. 9-5 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 2...

  • Page 899: Sys Board

    SYS board to install the corresponding one in the equipment. • 25/30/35ppm: Yellow or pink Fig. 9-8 • 45/50ppm: Blue or brown © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 3...

  • Page 900: Hard Disk (Hdd)

    HDD unit [2]. Fig. 9-10 Remove 4 screws and take off the hard disk [1] and ground wire [2]. Disconnect the 1 connector [3]. Fig. 9-11 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 4...

  • Page 901: Ih Board

    IH feed terminal [2] so that it does not bexome loose. Fig. 9-13 Notes: Wire the IH harness as shown in the figure and secure the terminals horizontally. Fig. 9-14 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 5...

  • Page 902: Lgc Board

    [1]. Fig. 9-16 9.1.6 LGC board Disconnect 35 connectors connected to the LGC board. Notes: Disconnect 36 connectors for the 45/50ppm models. Fig. 9-17 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 6...
  • Page 903 • 25ppm: Brown • 30ppm: White • 35ppm: Yellow • 45ppm: Pink • 50ppm: Blue Fig. 9-18 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 7...

  • Page 904: Switching Regulator

    Fig. 9-20 Disconnect 10 connectors, and slide the switching regulator to the front side and take it off. Fig. 9-21 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 8...

  • Page 905: High-Voltage Transformer (Hvt)

    When installing, match the frame with the concave portion of the high-voltage transformer, and then push it until the supports [2] are locked. Fig. 9-24 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 9...

  • Page 906: Sram Board

    SYS board [1] with the case. Fig. 9-26 Release 2 latches [1] and take off the SRAM board for SYS board [2] from the case. Fig. 9-27 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 10...

  • Page 907: Eeprom

     P. 4-6 "4.1.15 Rear cover" Disconnect 12 connectors connected to the DRV board. Fig. 9-29 Remove 4 screws and take off the DRV board [1]. Fig. 9-30 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 11...

  • Page 908: Fil Board

    Disconnect the 1 connector [1]. Fig. 9-32 Disconnect the 4 connectors [1], release four latshes and take off the CTIF board [2]. Fig. 9-33 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 12...

  • Page 909: Precautions When Replacing Pc Boards

    Lens unit"“. • When SRAM board requires replacement, see “ P. 9-26 "9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM board (for the SYS board)". © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 13...

  • Page 910: Hdd Fault Diagnosis

    1 or more depending on the use of HDD.) recommended. Either one is at least High possibility of physical failure 1000. replacement is recommended. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 14...
  • Page 911 Off-Line Scan Uncorrectable This attribute is a measure of the total number of Sector Count uncorrectable sectors found during the off-line scan. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 15...
  • Page 912 "Over-range" is displayed if the number of digits acquired from the HDD exceeds the maximum digits which can be displayed on the control panel; however, this does not indicate an error. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 16...

  • Page 913: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing The Hdd

    [F] Reset user's setting item and restore data/information [G] Reset "FUNCTION LIST FOR MAINTENANCE" [H] Reset "FUNCTION" list [I] Adjust image quality Setting completed Fig. 9-35 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 17...
  • Page 914  P. 5-5 "5.2 Service UI" Select "FAX LIST PRINT MODE" and then press [NEXT]. Select "Function list for Maintenance" and then press [PRINT]. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 18...
  • Page 915 Turn the power OFF. Update the system software using the USB device. See “11.2Firmware Updating with USB Device” for details. Turn the power OFF. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 19...
  • Page 916 Compare the lists which were printed before and after the formatting to check the setting items having the different setting values. Set the value which was set before the formatting. Turn the power OFF. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 20...
  • Page 917  P. 6-27 "6.2.1 Automatic gamma adjustment" Perform "Automatic gamma adjustment (PRT)" (05-8008, 8009).  P. 6-51 "6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment" Turn the power OFF. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 21...

  • Page 918: Precautions And Procedures When Replacing The Sys Board

    Select the license to be returned, and then press the [REMOVE] button. Install the one-time dongle, which you used for uploading the selected license, in the equipment, and then press the [OK] button. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 22...
  • Page 919 Key in [5] to select "5.ADI Key SRAM to FROM", and then press the [START] button. Wait until the restoring of the encryption key is completed. "Operation Complete" is displayed. Turn the power OFF. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD...
  • Page 920 Enter the password, and then press the [OK] button. (If the password is not set for Service, press the [OK] button without entering anything.) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 24...
  • Page 921 If the security mode is changed from High Security to Low Security in the step "[A] Return License", set the value of 08-8911 to "3" (High Security). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD...
  • Page 922 [L] Enable HDD encryption [M] Adjust image quality [N] Initialize settings when Fax Unit (GD-1320) is installed [O] Set date and time Setting completed Fig. 9-37 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 26...
  • Page 923 [NO]/[CLOSE] button. Then, check whether the one-time dongle, which you used for uploading the selected license, is installed in the equipment. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD...
  • Page 924 End this procedure here and finish replacing the SRAM board (for SYS board). (11) Reinstall the GD-1320 Fax Unit if used. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 28...
  • Page 925 If "3. License SRAM to FROM" is performed by mistake, carry out the following procedure.  P. 9-40 "[ 1 ] Re-registration when the board is replaced" Turn the power ON while pressing [3] and the [CLEAR] button simultaneously. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD...
  • Page 926 Select the license to be installed, and then press the [INSTALL] button. The screen for notifying that the installation will be started is displayed. Then press the [YES] button. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 30...
  • Page 927 Enter the password, and then press the [OK] button. (If the password is not set for Service, press the [ENTER] button without entering anything.) Set the destination of FAX (08-9001). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD...
  • Page 928 [O] Set date and time Set the date and time according to these buttons. [USER FUNCTIONS] → [ADMIN] → [GENERAL] → [CLOCK] → [DATE/TIME] e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 32...

  • Page 929: Procedures And Settings When Replacing Eeprom (For Lgc Board)

    [A] Replace SRAM board Confirm that the power is turned OFF. Replace the EEPROM (for the LGC board).  P. 9-11 "9.1.10 EEPROM <for LGC board>" © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 33...
  • Page 930  P. 9-26 "9.2.5 Precautions and procedure when replacing the SRAM board (for the SYS board)" Perform "Printer all clear" (08-9090). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 34...
  • Page 931 Perform "Destination display at SRAM initialization" (08-9060), and check whether the same destinations are displayed for the SYS board and the LGC board. Fig. 9-41 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 35...
  • Page 932  P. 9-10 "9.1.9 SRAM board <for SYS board>" VERIFY ERROR Check whether the EEPROM (for the LGC board) is connected properly. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 36...
  • Page 933 [D] Set line adjustment mode Turn the power OFF. Start up with the Setting Mode (08). © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 37...
  • Page 934 Since “1: For line” is set for “Line adjustment mode” in [B] Initialize LGC board in EEPROM (for LGC board) supplied as a service part, number of prints is not counted unless it is changed. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 38...

  • Page 935: Procedures And Settings When Replacing The Lens Unit

    RADF firmware 08-9903 RADF firmware version Finisher firmware 08-9904 Finisher firmware version Saddle stitcher firmware 08-9944 Punch firmware version FAX firmware 08-9905 FAX firmware version © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 39...

  • Page 936: License Re-Registration Using The One-Time Dongle

    (If the password is not set for Service, press the [ENTER] button without entering anything.) Key in [3840], and then press the [START] button. Select the license to be returned, and then press the [REMOVE] button. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 40...
  • Page 937 If there are any other licenses to be installed, repeat from step (13). If there are no other licenses to be installed, press the [CLOSE] button, and then turn the power OFF. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C...

  • Page 938: Precautions For Installation Of Gp-1070

    When disposing of the SRAM board (for SYS board), perform 3C ->7:Erase SRAM Securely (SRAM securely erasing) for security reasons. Notes: If this is performed, the equipment cannot be started up. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REPLACEMENT OF PC BOARDS/HDD 9 - 42...

  • Page 939: Remote Service

    Entering the password and customer information is required because the setting is made from the ADMIN screen. Setting it with the administrator is a must. • Basic setting [ADMIN] > [SERVICE] > [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] > [ORDER INFORMATION] © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 1...
  • Page 940 FROM NAME E-mail username of this equipment * When sending an E-mail, validity of the address is checked. If the address is invalid, it is not sent. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 2...
  • Page 941 1. Enter the Service UI Mode.  P. 5-5 "5.2 Service UI" 2. Select "FAX LIST PRINT MODE" and then press [NEXT]. 3. Select "SUPPLY ORDER LIST" and then press [PRINT]. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE...

  • Page 942: Setting Procedure

    Press the [PASSWORD] button and the screen is switched to a full keyboard. Then key in the Administrator Password and press the [OK] button. * Confirm the password to the administrator. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 4...
  • Page 943 Press the [SERVICE] button in the ADMIN screen. Fig.10-2 The SERVICE screen is displayed. Press the [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] button. Fig.10-3 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 5...
  • Page 944 Press the [ORDER INFORMATION] button. Fig.10-4 (10) The ORDER INFORMATION screen is displayed. Fig.10-5 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 6...
  • Page 945 (14) Press the buttons of the screen of SUPPLIER to set the required item. [NAME] Input the name of supplier. [ADDRESS] Input the address of supplier. (15) Press the [OK] button. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 7...
  • Page 946 (19) Press the buttons of the screen of CUSTOMER/SERVICE TECHNICIAN to set the required item. CUSTOMER [NAME] Input the name of customer. [TEL NUMBER] Input the telephone number of customer. [E-MAIL] Input the E-mail address of customer. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 8...
  • Page 947 (20) Press the [OK] button to register and complete the order information setting. (21) The SERVICE screen is returned. Fig.10-9 (22) Press the [SUPPLY ORDER SETUP] button. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 9...
  • Page 948 Fig.10-10 (23) Press the [TONER ORDERING] button. (24) The TONER ORDERING screen is displayed. Fig.10-11 (25) Select the part to be ordered. (Press the [YELLOW(Y)] button.) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 10...
  • Page 949 Allows you to select whether each part to be ordered is placed automatically or not. (27) Press the [OK] button to register the setting of toner order. (28) The TONER ORDERING screen is displayed. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 11...
  • Page 950 Fig.10-14 (30) Press the [OK] button to register the order information. Notes: Auto Supply Order setting is also available from the following setting mode (08). e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 12...
  • Page 951 9772 1-99 [CONDITION] MAGENTA(M) TONER 9771 1-99 [QUANTITY] CYAN(C) TONER 9767 Maximum 20 digits [PART NUMBER] CYAN(C) TONER 9769 1-99 [CONDITION] CYAN(C) TONER 9768 1-99 [QUANTITY] © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 13...
  • Page 952 (33) When Service Notification (Device Info) is set to ON, the screen to set the notification date is displayed. Then set the notification date with the following procedure. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 14...
  • Page 953 Notify Date 1 and Notify Date 2 ([DATE] button) Pressing the [DATE] button sets up to 2 dates on which you wand to send data. * This is not affected by the specified day of the week. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE...
  • Page 954 Pressing the [CHANGE] button sets the time at which you wand to send data. This is the time when data are sent with “Day of the week”, “Notify Date 1” and “Notify Date 2”. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 16...
  • Page 955 Key in the time in the hour column of “Time”, press the scroll button, key in the time in the minute column of “Time”. After all the settings are completed, press the [OK] button. (34) Press the [CLOSE] button. The setting completes. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 17...

  • Page 956: Order Sheet Format

    BLACK REMAINING QUANTITY (%) : 0000062 Fig.10-19 DESCRIPTION AREA: Remarks DEVICE DESCRIPTION: Model name SERIAL NUMBER: Serial number DEVICE FAX NUMBER: Fax number DEVICE E-MAIL ADDRESS: E-mail address e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 18...
  • Page 957 Print count (Large size) for Full color, Twin color and Black ScanCounter FullColor: 0 TwinColor: 0 Black: Scan count Scan count for Full color, Twin color and Black © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 19...
  • Page 958 SERVICE TECHNICIAN TEL NUMBER: Service technician telephone number SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL: Service technician E-mail address SUPPLIER NAME: Supplier name SUPPLIER ADDRESS: Supplier address PART NUMBER: Order part number e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 20...
  • Page 959 Toner remaining quantity (Yellow) MAGENTA REMAINING QUANTITY (%) Toner remaining quantity (Magenta) CYAN REMAINING QUANTITY (%) Toner remaining quantity (Cyan) BKACKREMAINING QUANTITY (%) Toner remaining quantity (Black) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 21...

  • Page 960: Service Notification

    The screen to set this function is not displayed at the default setting. Set this screen to be displayed with the following code (08). 08-9604 Setting of notification display 0: Invalid (Default) 1: Valid e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 22...
  • Page 961 Press the [USER FUNCTIONS] button and select the [ADMIN] button. Then enter the password and press the [OK] button. Confirm the password to the administrator. Fig.10-22 Press the [SERVICE] button. Fig.10-23 Press the [SERVICE NOTIFICATION] button. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 23...
  • Page 962 When pressing the [E-MAIL] button, the screen is switched to a full keyboard. Then enter the E- mail addresses and press the [OK] button. (Maximum 3 addresses can be set.) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 24...
  • Page 963 Fig.10-26 Press the [FAX NUMBER] button, key in the FAX number and then press the [OK] button. Fig.10-27 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 25...
  • Page 964 Pressing the [DATE] button sets up to 2 dates on which you wand to send data. * This is not affected by the specified day of the week. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 26...
  • Page 965 Pressing the [CHANGE] button sets the time at which you wand to send data. This is the time when data are sent with “Day of the week”, “Notify Date 1” and “Notify Date 2”. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C...
  • Page 966 9606 00:00-23:59 setting (Hour/Hour/Minute/Minute) Service Call Transmit setting 9605 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid) PM Counter Transmit setting 9797 0: OFF (Invalid) 1: ON (Valid) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 28...

  • Page 967: Items To Be Notified

    Copy Scan 00000000 00000000 Black ------------------------------------------ Copy Scan 00000000 00000000 FAX Scan 00000000 00000000 Net Scan 00000000 00000000 <FAX Counter> Transmit 00000000 00000000 Receive 00000000 00000000 Fig.10-31 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 29...
  • Page 968 Definition setting of large-sized paper (PM) Number of output pages in the Copier Function (FULL COLOR) Number of output pages in the Printer Function (FULL COLOR) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 30...
  • Page 969 PM count setting value / PM driving count setting value [Other parts] PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Other parts] History error *1 The latest 20 errors are displayed. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 31...
  • Page 970 Toner remaining quantity (Yellow) Toner remaining quantity (Magenta) Toner remaining quantity (Cyan) Toner remaining quantity (Black) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 32...
  • Page 971 : 0987654321 SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL : svc@toshibatec.co.jp SUPPLIER NAME : SUPPLIER_NAME SUPPLIER ADDRESS : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS SUPPLIER FAX NUMBER : 5544332211 SUPPLIER E-MAIL : s upplier_emailaddress@ccccc.xxx Fig.10-33 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 33...
  • Page 972 : 00000000 SETTING VALUE (K-DEV PAGES) 00000000 SETTING VALUE (OTHERS DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (K-DEV PAGES) 00000000 CURRENT VALUE (OTHERS DRIVE COUNTS) : 00000000 Fig.10-34 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 34...
  • Page 973 Number of output pages in the Printer Function (BLACK) Number of output pages at the List Print Mode (BLACK) Number of output pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 35...
  • Page 974 PM driving count present value [Developer material (Y)] PM driving count setting value [Developer material (Y)] PM driving count present value [Developer material (Y)] PM count setting value [Developer material (M)] e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 36...
  • Page 975 History of error *2 The latest 20 errors are displayed. Toner remaining quantity (Yellow) Toner remaining quantity (Magenta) Toner remaining quantity (Cyan) Toner remaining quantity (Black) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 37...
  • Page 976 Net Scan 00000000 00000000 Black ------------------------------------------ Copy Scan 00000000 00000000 FAX Scan 00000000 00000000 Net Scan 00000000 00000000 <FAX Counter> Transmit 00000000 00000000 Receive 00000000 00000000 Fig.10-36 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 38...
  • Page 977 Number of scanning pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) Number of scanning pages in the Network Scanning Function (BLACK) Number of transmitted pages in the FAX Function (BLACK) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 39...
  • Page 978 PM count present value / PM driving count present value [Other parts] History error Toner remaining quantity (Yellow) Toner remaining quantity (Magenta) Toner remaining quantity (Cyan) Toner remaining quantity (Black) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 40...
  • Page 979 : 0987654321 SERVICE TECHNICIAN E-MAIL : svc@toshibatec.co.jp SUPPLIER NAME : SUPPLIER_NAME SUPPLIER ADDRESS : SUPPLIER_ADDRESS SUPPLIER FAX NUMBER : 5544332211 SUPPLIER E-MAIL : s upplier_emailaddress@ccccc.xxx Fig.10-38 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 41...
  • Page 980 (*2) 08/04/12 22:23 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000 08/03/15 22:23 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000 08/02/25 11:12 F110 00000000 08/04/13 16:44 F110 00000000 Fig.10-39 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 42...
  • Page 981 PM count present value [EPU (K)] PM driving count setting value [EPU (K)] PM driving count present value [EPU (K)] PM count setting value [Developer material (K)] © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 43...
  • Page 982 Destination setting of toner cartridge *2 The latest 20 errors are displayed. Toner remaining quantity (Yellow) Toner remaining quantity (Magenta) Toner remaining quantity (Cyan) Toner remaining quantity (Black) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 44...
  • Page 983 F110 (*1) 04/12/2012 22:23 F110 03/15/2012 22:23 F110 02/25/2012 11:12 F110 Toner Information Toner Remaining Quantity(%) ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Yellow 00000000 Magenta 00000000 Cyan 00000000 Black 00000000 Fig.10-41 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 45...
  • Page 984 History of error *1 The latest 20 errors are displayed. Toner remaining quantity (Yellow) Toner remaining quantity (Magenta) Toner remaining quantity (Cyan) Toner remaining quantity (Black) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved REMOTE SERVICE 10 - 46...

  • Page 985: Firmware Updating

    Finisher firmware USB device (MJ-1108) Saddle stitcher firmware Hole Punch Unit Hole punch unit firmware USB device (MJ-6104) FAX Unit FAX firmware Download jig (GD-1320) (K-PWA-DLM-320F) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 1...
  • Page 986 System software • PFC firmware • RADF firmware • Finisher firmware • Saddle stitcher firmware • Hole punch unit firmware PWA-DWNLD-JIG2F Fig.11-2 System firmware P. 11-30 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 2...
  • Page 987 K-PWA-DLM-320F Fig.11-3 FAX firmware (GD-1320) P. 11-33 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 3...
  • Page 988 [ON/OFF] button is pressed while simultaneously holding down the [4] and [9] buttons, "Can't fetch Ver." may be displayed on the control panel for some firmwares. A normal power on must be performed. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 4...

  • Page 989: Firmware Updating With Usb Device

    SADDLE FIRMWARE firmware (MJ- board * xxx is version. 1108) Hole punch unit Punch control PC PUN6104T.xxx PUNCH FIRMWARE firmware (MJ- board * xxx is version. 6104) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 5...
  • Page 990 Model specific folder name 2050C_5050C USB device 2050C_5050C T212SF0Wxxxx.tar T212MWW.xxx T212SLGWW.xxx T212HD0Wxxxx.tar H576DFWW.0xxx T210FWW.xxx FIN1036.xxx FIN1107T.xxx FIN1108T.xxx SDL1108T.xxx PUN6104T.xxx signature.H.sig Fig.11-4 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 6...
  • Page 991 USB device. However, if the model specific folder for the same model as that of the data file stored in the root directory already exists, this will have priority. © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FIRMWARE UPDATING...

  • Page 992: Update Procedure

    Store the data file for updating in the model specific folder. Press the [ON/OFF] button to shut down the equipment. Connect the USB device [1] to the USB port [2] on the right upper cover. Fig.11-5 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 8...
  • Page 993 The screen for selecting items to be updated is displayed after approx. 3 minutes. On this screen, the current firmware version of this equipment and the firmware version of data to be updated are displayed. Fig.11-7 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 9...
  • Page 994 Select the item with the digital keys. “*” is displayed next to the selected item. Display or delete the “*” by pressing the number of the item. e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 10...
  • Page 995 PUNCH FIRMWARE update in progress PUNCH FIRMWARE Completed “Update successfully completed Restart the MFP” is displayed at the bottom of the LCD screen after the updating is completed properly. Fig.11-8 © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 11...
  • Page 996 Error number Error content File creation error File decompression error (Out of free disk space on the HDD at file extraction) Partition mount error Other errors e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 12...
  • Page 997 (When the download is written) Reception status code abnormality Reception status code abnormality (When the download is finished) (When the download is finished) Other error Other error © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 13...
  • Page 998 Other error Punch firmware update Error Error number Error message Error content Time out Communication timeout (When the download is requested) (When the download is requested) e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 14...
  • Page 999 Communication timeout (When the download is written) (When the download is written) Time out Communication timeout (When the download is finished) (When the download is finished) © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 15...
  • Page 1000 Automatic gamma adjustment <PRT> (05-8008) (using [70][FAX] test pattern):  P. 6-51 "6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment" • Automatic gamma adjustment <PRT> (05-8009) (using [230][FAX] test pattern):  P. 6-51 "6.3.1 Automatic gamma adjustment" e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 16...
  • Page 1001 7. PUNCH 6. PFC FIRMWARE FIRMWARE FIRMWARE SOFTWARE FIRMWARE FIRMWARE FIRMWARE (HD Data) (OS Data) [Saddle firmware] 8. SADDLE FIRMWARE [Finisher firmware] 9. FINISHER FIRMWARE Update Completed © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 17...
  • Page 1002 During the update, "Update in progress" is displayed on the right of each item. After it is completed, "Completed" is displayed there. Example screens of the system firmware update are as follows, and these are the same for other firmware. Fig.11-9 e-STUDIO2555C/3055C/3555C/4555C/5055C © 2012-2013 TOSHIBA TEC CORPORATION All rights reserved FIRMWARE UPDATING 11 - 18...

This manual is also suitable for:

E-studio 2555cseE-studio 3055cseE-studio 3555cseE-studio 4555cseE-studio 5055cseE-studio 3055c ... Show all
Save PDF